summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/67166-0.txt
blob: 91748aeec7861dea02dcc6b574389b5d4d41edda (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111
8112
8113
8114
8115
8116
8117
8118
8119
8120
8121
8122
8123
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129
8130
8131
8132
8133
8134
8135
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140
8141
8142
8143
8144
8145
8146
8147
8148
8149
8150
8151
8152
8153
8154
8155
8156
8157
8158
8159
8160
8161
8162
8163
8164
8165
8166
8167
8168
8169
8170
8171
8172
8173
8174
8175
8176
8177
8178
8179
8180
8181
8182
8183
8184
8185
8186
8187
8188
8189
8190
8191
8192
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213
8214
8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 67166 ***

  Transcriber’s Notes

  Text printed in italics in the source document has been transcribed
  _between underscores_, bold face text =between equal signs=. Small
  capitals have been replaced with ALL CAPITALS.

  More Transcriber’s Notes may be found at the end of this text.


[Illustration]


[Illustration]




  SELF-HELP

  MECHANICAL DRAWING

  AN EDUCATIONAL TREATISE

[Illustration]




  “_LEARN TO DO A THING BY DOING IT._”--_OLD PROVERB_

  SELF-HELP
  MECHANICAL DRAWING

  _AN EDUCATIONAL TREATISE_

  [Illustration]

  BY
  N. HAWKINS, M. E.

  _Author of Handbook of Calculations, etc._

  _New York_: THEO. AUDEL & CO., Publishers
  1902


  _Copyrighted
  by
  Theo. Audel & Co.
  New York
  1902_


  _This work
  is
  most kindly and
  respectfully dedicated to
  THE COMING MAN
  who at the present time
  is undoubtedly devoting
  a goodly share of
  his spare time to
  the study of
  drawing._


[Illustration]


[Illustration: INTRODUCTION]




Preface.


_It is because of a personal and practical experience of the advantage
to be gained by the possession of a knowledge of drawing, that the
author is prompted to undertake the rather pleasant task of producing a
self-help book relating to the subject._

_Since the days of youthful endeavor, the author has passed through an
extended experience of mechanical life, and scarcely ever without chalk,
pencil or instrument in hand, to illustrate by sketch or drawing, the
tools to be employed, or to picture the finished product; accordingly,
throughout this work, words of explanation and the drawings will go
together to aid the diligent student._

_It has been said by an eminent writer, that “one workman is superior to
another--other circumstances being the same--directly in proportion to
his knowledge in drawing, and those who are ignorant of it must in many
respects be subservient to others who have obtained that knowledge.”_

_It has been also said that no man is fitted to be foreman of a shop who
cannot draw, and it is generally true that no one will be appointed to
that position, except temporarily, who does not possess some knowledge
of the art, either “freehand” or instrumental._

_It is a question how far a good working knowledge of drawing can be
attained without a teacher; it is true that but few have become
proficient without such aid, but it is equally true that “self-help” has
been the key note to all advancement._

_The author received personal instruction in several ways and times, at
home, in school, in an architect’s office, and under an experienced
mechanical engineer, but it was in the early morning hours of a bright
summer time--lang syne--that he made his first serious attempt to master
the art of mechanical drawing. It was a struggle and a battle to hold
himself down to “the board” to the finish, but it was a victory--one,
won over slothfulness and impatience, and of such a nature as to warrant
the use of the term “self-help” to the encouragement of others._

_In conclusion two sentiments may be added; if a good working knowledge
of drawing is “worth the while” then, 1, the student should be
thoroughly in earnest in acquiring it; 2, he should be willing to take
sufficient time and give much hard study to gain the skill necessary for
success._

_This persistence is not irksome. It carries its own reward, and the
results are definite and sure._

  “_One step and then another, and the longest walk is ended;
      One stitch and then another, and the largest rent is mended.
  One brick upon another, and the highest wall is made;
      One flake upon another, and the deepest snow is laid._”




Introduction.


Drawing is one of the arts; art relates to something to be done, and art
in the industrial and mechanical sense aims chiefly at utility, and is
governed by exact rules; hence mechanical drawing--so-called--tends
first to be useful and helpful, and second to accuracy in execution,
including most minute details; it aspires to the perfection of nature in
adaptability of the means to the end.

Drawing constitutes a universal language, to acquire which is a matter
of importance, for by its use one is able to illustrate the form and
dimensions of an object, device, or utility, in very much less time, and
far more clearly, than by a verbal description.

To a person who may not be able perfectly to understand the language of
a country, to be able to draw is an aid and a safeguard; to use the
words of Sir Joshua Reynolds, “the pencil speaks the language of every
land.”

In extensive iron works and metal-working establishments the designer
and draughtsman is always in demand. His services are indispensable and
his position is a highly responsible one. It becomes his special
province to design improvements, to furnish sketches and to make
finished drawings; to calculate strains, strength, power, motion,
weight, friction and durability. All this and much more is the
professional draughtsman’s work.

In “directory” classification, he who accomplishes such comprehensive
results as above described is termed a “Draughtsman,” but the word has
as wide a meaning as “Engineer,” which takes in civil, mechanical,
naval, sanitary, steam and other engineering specialists. So, in
drafting, it includes the office boy employed in making blue prints, it
embraces the copyists, tracers and assistants, as well as the head
draughtsman and chief engineer.

Consequently the range is wide, and the line hard to draw between
draughtsmen who work with their hands, and those who work with their
brains. It may be added that the best men are too frequently
undervalued, owing to the unavoidable difficulty in distinguishing the
difference in true worth, between the two widely separated classes.

It may be remarked that they only draw well who draw intelligently;
aptness in this, as in many other virtues, is a matter of slow growth,
“here a line and there a line”--it’s the proper direction, not the rate
of progress, that counts in the end.

There are several methods of drawing--1, Free-hand; 2, Instrumental; 3,
Geometrical; 4. Perspective. In the first the work, also termed
sketching, is executed by pencil, pen, crayon, or even paint-brush; in
the second the result is attained by the use of rule, tee-square,
drawing pen, etc.; this method is also denominated mechanical drawing,
and suggests the title of this volume.

The great usefulness, not to say necessity, of readiness in executing
accurately, drawings “to scale,” is emphasized by the fact that now,
more than ever, is all machinery designed, and it may almost be said, is
“built,” in the draughting room--this is a valuable hint relating to
“reading” drawings.

It is wise, as well as easy, to begin at the beginning of things; thus,
it is altogether the good part to mount a ladder by the first and second
rounds rather than to attempt it by taking the third, sixth, ninth,
etc.--especially are first and second rounds the very best to start
upon; “Chalk-work,” is the first subject introduced, next, that of
“Free-hand.” These are the first steps leading upward in this most
agreeable attainment--skill in illustrating and designing of objects,
tools, and utilities.

A single word of advice before introducing the elementary work connected
with mechanical drawing: if the student should experience difficulty in
mastering the diagrams and curves abounding in this book, let him
consult an experienced draughtsman or teacher, who, by a few strokes of
a lead pencil, can easily make them plain; that knowledge--which cannot
be printed or self-taught--termed _the Craftsman’s Art_, is communicated
largely by personal telling and showing, from man to man; in drawing,
this help should be thankfully availed of, when necessity arises.

  NOTE.--Sketching is often in demand because there is no time for
  finished or careful drawings, and the one who can draw a few lines in
  a moment to let a sudden necessity be known, is the man of the hour.
  All candidates for First Class Engineer’s Certificates in marine
  service in the navy have to undergo an examination in rough drawing;
  this is intended not so much as a proof of the applicant possessing
  the capability of a draughtsman, but in the event of any injury to the
  engines in his charge, so that he may be able to send to his
  Superintendent a rough drawing of the particular part, properly
  dimensioned, so that it could be worked from, and time saved on the
  arrival of the ship at the port where the repairs are to be done.

[Illustration]


[Illustration: PLAN OF THE WORK]

  “_No matter how thorough our education may have been at the first,
  rules and formulas will slip from the memory, and every day’s
  experience gives additional evidence of the truth of the old adage
  that_ ‘THE KEY THAT RESTS, RUSTS.’”--SIMPSON BALLARD.




The Plan of the Work.


The purpose or scope of this work may be briefly stated: It is to aid
the aspiring student in making the first advance towards a thorough and
useful knowledge of drawing in its several divisions, as elsewhere
defined.

The method to be followed in presenting the subject will be the natural
order clearly and simply defined, as “from the less to the greater.”

The first subject to be discussed comes under the heading of chalk-work,
_i. e._, such drawings as can be executed on a blackboard, a floor, or
even on more primitive surfaces, such as a smooth stone or board.

This is indeed a lowly beginning, but the author is quite confident it
will awaken as much interest as any part of the book--even in the most
experienced in the art of drawing, as to them it will revive the
ambitions and first crude attempts made in the golden days of their
youth.

Let it be clearly understood by all, and especially by those who wish to
learn drawing, that the study of this delightful art does not require
any special qualification. We need only ask one question: Have you
learned to write? If so, be assured you may learn to draw, but to all
the same rule applies, first the elements of the art, and afterwards the
more advanced study.

It is not expected that all should exhibit a decided taste for drawing,
for the possession of this is rather a gift of nature than the result of
education; but a knowledge of principles and a certain amount of
executive ability may be obtained by every one of average capacity, and
whatever the natural power may be, it will be increased and developed by
exercise; if the progress is steady and continuous and in the right
direction, success is sure to crown the work.

The second division of the book will be free-hand drawing, _i. e._, that
which is executed without instruments. Nothing to instruct has been
spared in this important step in the path of advancement.

The illustrations accompanying the two opening sections have been made
designedly elementary, for there are many who have a taste for drawing
and who have a desire to learn, who from place of residence or other
circumstances have not the opportunity of receiving the assistance of a
master. To such this book presents itself as a friend directing to the
right road, talking, reasoning, and explaining by the way.

The “chalk-work” and “free-hand” sections of the book relate to the
foundations upon which all must rest who seek the aid to be derived from
the art; hence, the following pages are written with a view to encourage
all, and those who are prepared to follow the directions given in them
may look forward to the possession of sufficient drawing power to add to
their usefulness in after life.

At this point of attainment there arises a need to know the meaning of
many words and phrases used by draughtsmen; these are grouped
alphabetically from A to Z under the heading of,----

Useful Terms and Definitions: Memorizing these few pages will be of
benefit, as an intimate knowledge of the language of the drawing office
stamps a man as worthy of a hearing, and assures attention to anything
which he may write or say pertaining to the art.

After the Definitions the subject explained will be the Instruments and
Materials used in mechanical drawings; following in due course appear
Geometrical and Mechanical Drawing, Gearing, Linear Perspective,
Projection, Shading, Tracing, Lettering, Drawing Office Rules, Reading
Drawings, Useful Tables and a General Index, to which the student is
referred. A careful reading is requested to the following helpful note.

Grateful acknowledgment is made to George Perrott, Esq., M. E., for
practical and technical assistance throughout the work, and to Theo.
Lucas, Engineer, for text and illustrations in the portions of the book
relating to Linear Perspective and Projection.

  NOTE.--In MACHINERY Prof. Chas. H. Benjamin says, referring to
  drawing, under heading “How and what to study,” “... I have so far
  said nothing about drawing, for I do not think it of much use to learn
  that, until you know what you want of it. All this time that you have
  been studying mechanism you should have had a sketch book or pad of
  note paper, and made free hand sketches of mechanical movements which
  interested you and of various machine details. You should accustom
  yourself to use drawing as a means of expressing ideas, just as you
  use written words, so that it becomes a second nature to you to sketch
  anything you wish to remember or describe. If you work from
  blue-prints in the shop, or if you can borrow some to study, this will
  help you to understand how a drawing is made. You can get some drawing
  instruments at any time and begin to practice on drawing straight
  lines and circles, so as to become familiar with the instruments. And
  here it will be of great benefit to you if you can attend an evening
  drawing school for one night in the week at least.

  “When you have become sufficiently familiar with the principles of
  drawing, a book on mechanism will tell you how to draw gear teeth and
  cams, and how to design various link motions. Make up your own
  problems from what you see in the shop and make your drawing a means
  to an end and not the principal thing; it is of little use to be able
  to make a nice drawing unless you know what to draw and why.

  “Drawing is a convenient tool as an aid in expressing to others the
  ideas which you wish to convey; in all cases take the problems and the
  ideas from your every-day work and that which is around you; your
  success will depend upon the close connection which you keep at all
  times between your acquired knowledge and your practical work.”




General List of Contents.


  INTRODUCTION,                                                     1-24

  CHALK WORK,                                                      25-38

  PRELIMINARY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS,                               39-52

  FREEHAND DRAWING,                                                53-78

  GEOMETRICAL DRAWING,                                            79-100

  DRAWING MATERIALS AND INSTRUMENTS,                             101-134

  MECHANICAL DRAWING,                                            135-188

  PENCILING,                                                     139-147

  PROJECTION,                                                    148-164

  INKING IN DRAWINGS,                                            167-170

  LETTERING DRAWINGS,                                            171-175

  DIMENSIONING DRAWINGS,                                         176-179

  SHADING DRAWINGS,                                              180-181

  SECTION LINING AND COLORS,                                     182-185

  REPRODUCING DRAWINGS,                                          186-188

  DRAWING OFFICE RULES,                                          189-195

  GEARING,                                                       197-208

  DESIGNING GEARS,                                               209-216

  WORKING DRAWINGS,                                              219-227

  READING WORKING DRAWINGS,                                      228-230

  PATENT OFFICE RULES FOR DRAWINGS,                              231-236

  USEFUL HINTS AND “POINTS,”                                     237-244

  LINEAR PERSPECTIVE,                                            245-265

  PERSONAL, BY THE EDITOR,                                           281

  USEFUL TABLES,                                                 269-280

  REFERENCE INDEX,                                                   283


[Illustration: CHALK-WORK]


  The peculiarity of all art is that it cannot
  be communicated in writing alone, craft is a
  term which is synonymous with art; a craft
  requires manual dexterity which cannot be
  taught in books.




Chalk Work.


The blackboard has been well called the great weapon of the modern
educator; this is especially true in reference to instruction in an art
dealing with lines, curves and figures.

[Illustration: Fig. 6.]

Many a man can chalk out on a blackboard, or on a piece of sheet-iron,
or on the floor, just what he wants to show, and make his meaning very
plain; hence, in every workshop, and many other places, a blackboard is
more than useful, and it has been said that no draughting office is
complete without one.

Fig. 6 represents a chalk-crayon.

[Illustration: Fig. 7.]

[Illustration: Fig. 8.]

Figs. 7 and 8 need no explanation, as they represent two forms of the
well-known blackboard.

Chalk lines have this advantage--they are easily altered or rubbed out
when not needed any longer. The work executed upon a blackboard is
mostly done by hand, without aid from instruments; a few tools, however,
are useful--such as, 1, large wooden blackboard compasses holding a
crayon, which are made and sold by the trade in size twelve inches to
thirty inches in length; 2, a straight-edge; and 3, some crayons. With
the compasses circles and part of the circle can be made, and with the
straight-edge the larger lines can be drawn.

These instruments are shown on page 29, and are, 1, compasses, for
holding chalk for making circles; 2, a tee-square; 3, a straight-edge;
4, a protractor for measuring angles; 5, a triangle 60° and 30°; 6, a
brass holder for crayons.

Blackboard Drawing.--The use of a blackboard comes principally and
properly under the head of free-hand drawing, but its importance is such
that a separate division of the volume is assigned to it.

[Illustration]

Thus, chalk-work may be considered the first lesson in “free-hand,” as
all the examples can also be most profitably practiced with pencil and
paper.

Very rapid drawing upon the board should not be encouraged, as it is
likely not to be accurate enough; again, the board should be entirely
free from grease. Cloths, sponges or chamois skin rubbers may be used to
erase or change the chalk marks. Vertical lines should be drawn from
above downward; short lines should be drawn with the fingers alone,
those somewhat longer with the hand, using the wrist-joint; the still
longer lines with the forearm, using the elbow-joint; those longer yet
with the whole arm, using the shoulder-joint; lines should always be
drawn with a uniform motion, slow enough for the eye to follow.

Practice in chalk-work should alternate with sketching in a sketchbook
and with geometrical drawing--to be hereafter described. The student
should practice a short time on the board, at least once a week; large
sizes are the most profitable for the representations to be made; when
drawing in different directions the hand should be turned, not the paper
or board; the hand should never be allowed to obstruct the sight, hence
the hand and fingers should be held in a position of freedom--with
fingers not nearer than 1¹⁄₂ or 2 inches from the board.

  NOTE.--The first lesson of any kind the author received in drawing was
  to make a straight line; this was effected by holding the pencil
  nearly erect and guiding it along by the aid of the little finger held
  pressed against the edge of a board; this was a useful item of
  knowledge, as proved by passing years.

  A well-known artist, in telling his early experience, said: “The first
  thing I was taught was to draw a line, divide it, erect a
  perpendicular from its center, and afterwards to divide the angle made
  by the perpendicular.” In answer to a question asking how long he was
  kept at the lines, he replied, “about two months--or a month or two,”
  indicating that even the longer time would have been well spent in
  learning to draw a straight line.


PREPARATORY PRACTICE IN DRAWING.

Every visible object is bounded by lines which enable the observer to
determine its shape. If these lines are straight or curved, the shape of
the object is regular; if broken, the shape of the object is irregular.

The elements, then, of form are lines, straight, curved, or broken, and
these, therefore, furnish the beginning of all instruction in free-hand
or mechanical drawing.


PERPENDICULAR LINES.

Fig. 15 shows six lines--upright and perpendicular, with points or
“dots” indicated at the top and bottom of each line; to draw these,
proceed thus:

[Illustration: Fig. 15.]

[Illustration: Fig. 16.]

The learner should stand with his right shoulder opposite the board, and
the weight of the hand and the arm should be allowed to fall naturally;
now, make on the board two points, one being six inches above the other,
these being merely “dots,” shown at the ends of the lines, figs. 15,
etc., and made with two motions; the line between the points should now
be drawn not too quickly from the upper to the lower point; three
movements of the hand and arm complete the line; to draw the other five
lines the movements have simply to be repeated.

If the student pronounces to himself “one,” “two,” “three,” at each
motion, it will be helpful; in this exercise, fig. 15, the aim is to
make six lines, each line being parallel to the first. Again, in the
example, it is intended that the lower point should be made first, next
the upper, and lastly the line drawn from the upper to the lower point,
but the order may be reversed; at _one_ the upper point, at _two_ the
lower, at _three_ the stroke upwards to complete the line.


HORIZONTAL LINES.

To make these as shown in fig. 16, proceed as follows: With the word
_one_ make a point, with _two_ another point six inches at the left,
with _three_ draw a straight line from the left point to the right. All
added lines should be parallel: for practice, reverse the process thus,
_one_, make a “point,” at _two_ another point at the right, at _three_
draw line to the left.

The student will note that the two motions--at the words _one_ and
_two_--are to fix the positions of the ends of the lines; this practice
will be found useful in the most advanced examples and an item of
elementary practice never to be forgotten--like the help to be derived
by the first round of a ladder.

[Illustration: Fig. 17.]

[Illustration: Fig. 18.]


OBLIQUE LINES.

In drawing oblique straight lines as shown in fig. 17, at the word _one_
let the student make the lower point; at the word _two_ the upper, a
little to the right of the lower; at the word _three_ draw a line
quickly from the upper to the lower point. In pronouncing the words
_one_, _two_, _three_, let the student make the additional parallel
lines.

As shown in fig. 18, at the word _one_ make the lower point; at the word
_two_ the upper point, a little _to the left_; at the word _three_ draw
a line rapidly from the upper to the lower point, and “timing” the
process by repeating _one_, _two_, _three_, make the additional parallel
lines.

[Illustration: Fig. 19.]


BROKEN LINES.

A broken line is composed of two or more straight lines at angles to
each other (see fig. 19). To draw them begin (saying) _one_, make a
point; _two_ a point below at the left; _three_, a point above at the
left; _four_, draw a line from the left hand point to the lower point;
at the word _five_, from the lower point to the upper right hand point.
For practice draw numerous lines in the same way, keeping them parallel
to each other, as shown in fig. 20.

[Illustration: Fig. 20.]

[Illustration: Fig. 21.]

[Illustration: Fig. 22.]

[Illustration: Fig. 24.]

[Illustration: Fig. 23.]

[Illustration: Fig. 25.]

In example, fig. 21, the arrangement of the points is changed--let the
student draw at the words, as follows: _One_, a point; _two_, a point
above at the left; _three_, a point below at the left; _four_, draw from
the point at the left to the upper point; _five_, from the upper point
to the lower right hand point; continue to add parallel lines to
complete the figure as shown.

Figs. 22 and 23 are given as examples to practice, making first the
points and then the connecting lines and afterward the parallel lines to
complete the figures.


CURVED LINES.

To draw curved lines, as shown in fig. 24. At the word _one_, point; at
the word _two_, point three inches directly above; _three_, at the same
distance above again make a point; now draw a curve as shown, joining
the middle point and the upper point; now draw the curve as shown below
it; finally complete figure as shown.

[Illustration: Fig. 26.]

[Illustration: Fig. 27.]

[Illustration: Fig. 28.]

[Illustration: Fig. 29.]

[Illustration: Fig. 30.]

Figs. 25 to 30 are to be practiced, making first the points and then
connecting them by the curves to complete the figures.

When two or more students are working together, with each having a
blackboard, the counting may be in concert--or a teacher could count for
a class. In these line examples care should be used in making them of
uniform length. There is a difference to be noted between a crooked line
and a broken line, the latter being a straight line and the former
deviating from it.

Square chalk crayons are the best for hand work, as lines of an even or
uniform width can be drawn with them.

A very fine effect is produced by using two thicknesses of chalk, one
being double the thickness of the other; the heavy lines being used on
the shade side of objects will produce a good effect, giving thickness
and body to the object.

Round chalk crayons are used in the compasses to draw circles, but hand
lines drawn with them are not so neat as those produced with the
square-shaped chalk.

To obliterate or remove the construction, or false lines made on the
blackboard, a wooden handle two inches in diameter with a cone end 3 or
4 inches long, covered with chamois skin or soft cloth tightly wrapped
round the cone and fastened with a tack or drawing pin, makes the best
implement to erase lines not required, the point of the cone will remove
these without destroying the lines or curves which meet them.

Sponges, chamois skin or cloth rubbers are used to rub out the chalk
drawings and clean the blackboard.

The best height for a diagram on the blackboard is not higher than the
head, nor lower than the elbow.

Horizontal lines should be made from the left to the right; the body and
arm being moved with the hand, and kept in the same relative position
with it, will steady the hand.

Curved lines to the left should be drawn first, enabling the eye to take
in not only the curve in process of formation but that already made.

Passing the crayon in the hand, over the intended curve previous to
marking it, will guide the eye and give confidence to the hand in
chalking the curve.

A proper distance from the blackboard is essential, the face being about
two feet away from it.

Draw with the whole arm extended from the shoulder-joint, not from the
elbow or wrist.

[Illustration: Fig. 31.]

[Illustration: “There are more ways than one of telling things: by
speech, by writing, by printing, also by pictures and drawings.”
Knowles]


[Illustration: TERMS DEFINITIONS]

[Illustration: ELECTRA.]




Preliminary Terms and Definitions.


Like all the arts, drawing has a nomenclature of its own, and nothing
can be more helpful to the beginner than to know the name of things
relating to the art of drawing. This is a language almost peculiar to
itself, and used daily and hourly by many thousands of superintendents,
foremen and master mechanics, as well as by owners, designers and
draughtsmen, hence its introduction at this early stage.

  =ALTITUDE.=--This is the elevation of an object above its base, or the
  perpendicular distance between the top and bottom of a figure.

[Illustration: Fig. 33.]

[Illustration: Fig. 34.]

[Illustration: Fig. 35.]

[Illustration: Fig. 36.]

[Illustration: Fig. 37.]

  =ANGLE= is the difference in the direction of two lines which meet or
  tend to meet. The lines are called _the sides_ and the point of
  meeting, the _vertex_ of the lines.

  To make an angle apparent, the two lines must meet in a point, as _A
  B_ and _A C_, which meet in the point _A_, as shown in fig. 33.

  Angles are measured by degrees.

  A _Degree_ is one of the three hundred and sixty equal parts of the
  space about a point in a plane.

  Angles are distinguished in respect to magnitude by the terms Right,
  Acute and Obtuse Angles.

  A _Right Angle_ is that formed by one line meeting another, so as to
  make equal angles with that other.

  The lines forming a right angle are _perpendicular to each other_.

  An _Acute Angle_ is less than a right angle. See Fig. 35.

  An _Obtuse Angle_ is greater than a right angle. See Fig. 36.

  Obtuse and acute angles are also called _oblique angles_; and lines
  which are neither parallel nor perpendicular to each other are called
  _oblique lines_.

  The _Vertex_ or _Apex_ of an angle is the point in which the including
  lines meet.

  An angle is commonly designated by a letter at its vertex; but when
  two or more angles have their vertices at the same point, they cannot
  be thus distinguished.

  For example, when the three lines _A B_, _A C_, and _A D_ in fig. 37
  meet in the common point _A_, we designate either of the angles
  formed, by three letters, placing that at the vertex between those at
  the opposite extremities of the including lines. Thus, we say, the
  angle _B A C_, etc.

  =APEX.=--The summit or highest point of an object.

  =ARC.=--See circle.

  =AXIS OF A SOLID.=--An imaginary straight line passing through its
  center.

  =AXIS OF A FIGURE.=--A straight line passing through the center of a
  figure, and dividing it into two equal parts.

  =BASE.=--The base of a solid figure is that on which it stands--the
  lowest part.

  =BISECT.=--To divide into two equal parts.

  =BISECTOR.=--A line which bisects.

[Illustration: Fig. 38.]

  =CIRCLE.=--A _Circle_ is a plane figure bounded by one uniformly
  curved line, all of the points in which are at the same distance from
  a certain point within, called the _Center_.

  The _Circumference_ of a circle is the curved line that bounds it.

  The _Diameter_ of a circle is a line passing through its center, and
  terminating at both ends in the circumference, as _A C B_.

  The _Radius_ of a circle is a line extending from its center to any
  point in the circumference. It is one-half of the diameter. All the
  diameters of a circle are equal, as are also all the radii _C D_, _C
  B_ and _C A_.

  An _Arc_ of a circle is any portion of the circumference, as _B D_ and
  _A D_.

  _Semi-Circle._--Half a circle formed by bisecting it with a diameter,
  as _A C B_. Fig. 38.

  An angle having its vertex at the center of a circle is measured by
  the arc intercepted by its sides. Thus, the arc _A D_ measures the
  angle _A C D_, and in general, to compare different angles, we have
  but to compare the arcs, included by their sides, of the equal circles
  having their centers at the vertices of the angles.

  =CIRCUMSCRIBE.=--To draw a line of figures about or outside, such as a
  circle drawn around a square touching its corners or angles.

  _Inscribe._--To draw a line or figure inside or on the interior, such
  as a circle drawn within a square touching its sides.

  =CONCAVE.=--Curving inwardly.

  =CONE.=--A solid body or figure having a circle for its base, and its
  top terminated in a point or vertex.

  =CONSTRUCTION.=--The making of any object.

  =CONTOUR.=--The outline of the general appearance of an object.

  =CONVERGENCE.=--Lines extending towards a common point.

  =CONVEX.=--Rising or swelling into a round form--the opposite to
  concave.

  =CORNER.=--The point of meeting of the edges of a solid, or the two
  sides of a plane figure.

  =CROSS-HATCHES.=--In free-hand drawing the use of lines crossing each
  other to produce light and shade effects.

  =CURVE.=--A line of which no part is straight.

  _Reversed Curve._--One whose curvature is first in one direction and
  then in the opposite direction.

  _Spiral Curve._--A plain curve which winds about and recedes,
  according to some law, from its point of beginning, which is called
  its center.

  =CYLINDER.=--A solid bounded by a curved surface and by two opposite
  faces called bases; the bases may be any curved figures and give the
  name to the cylinder; thus a circular cylinder is one whose bases are
  circles.

  =CYLINDRICAL.=--Having the general form of a cylinder.

  =DEGREE.=--The 360th part of a circle.

  =DESCRIBE.=--To make or draw a curved line; to draw a plan.

  =DESIGN.=--Any arrangement or combination to produce desired results
  in industry or art. To delineate a form or figure by drawing the
  outline--a sketch.

  =DEVELOP.=--To unroll or lay out.

  =DIAGONAL.=--A right line drawn from angle to angle of a quadrilateral
  or many angled figure and dividing it into two parts.

  =DIAMETER.=--A right line passing through the center of a circle or
  other round figure terminated by the curve and dividing the figure
  symmetrically into two equal parts.

  =EDGE.=--The intersection of any two surfaces.

  =ELEVATION.=--The term elevation, vertical projection and _front
  view_--applied to drawings--all have the same meaning.

  =FACE.=--One of the plane surfaces of a solid; it may be bounded by
  straight or curved edges.

  =FINISHING.=--Completing a drawing whose lines have been determined by
  erasing unnecessary lines and strengthening and accentuating where
  this is needed.

  =FORESHORTENING.=--Apparent decrease in length, owing to objects being
  viewed obliquely; thus a wheel, when seen obliquely, instead of
  appearing round, presents the appearance of an ellipse.

  =FREE-HAND.=--Executed by the hand unaided by instruments.

  =GENERATED.=--Produced by.

  =GEOMETRIC.=--According to geometry.

  =HALF-TINT.=--The shading produced by means of parallel equidistant
  lines.

  =HEMISPHERE.=--Half a sphere obtained by bisecting a sphere by a
  plane.

  =HORIZONTAL.=--Parallel to the surface of smooth water. In drawing, a
  line drawn parallel to the top and bottom of the sheet is called
  horizontal.

  =INSCRIBE.=--See circumscribe--its opposite.

  =INSTRUMENTAL.=--By the use of instruments.

  =LINE.=--A line has length, only, as A C; a right line is a straight
  line, the shortest line that can be drawn between two points, A----C.

  _Straight._ One which has the same direction throughout its entire
  length.

  _Curved._ One no part of which is straight.

  _Broken._ One composed of different successive straight lines.

  _Mixed._ One of straight and curved lines.

  _Center._ A line used to indicate the center of an object.

  _Construction._ A working line used to obtain required lines.

  _Dotted._ A line composed of short dashes. - - - - - -

  _Dash._ A line composed of long dashes. -- -- --

  _Dot_ and _Dash_. A line composed of dots and dashes alternating. -- ·
  -- · --

  _Dimension._ A line upon which a dimension is placed.

  _Full._ An unbroken line, usually representing a visible edge. ------

  _Shadow._ A line about twice as wide as the ordinary full line.

  A straight line is often called simply a line, and a curved line a
  curve.

  =LONGITUDINAL.=--In the direction of the length of an object.

  =MODEL.=--A form used for study.

  =OBLIQUE.=--Neither horizontal nor vertical.

  =OBLONG.=--A rectangle with unequal sides.

  =OVAL.=--A plane figure resembling the longitudinal section of an egg;
  or elliptical in shape.

  =OVERALL.=--The entire length.

  =PARALLEL.=--Having the same direction and everywhere equally distant.

  =PATTERN.=--That which is used as a guide or copy in making things.

  _Flat._ One made of paper or other thin material.

  _Solid._ One which reproduces the form and size of the object to be
  made.

  =PERIMETER.=--The boundary of a closed plane figure.

  =PERPENDICULAR.=--At an angle of 90°.

  =PERSPECTIVE.=--View; drawing objects as they appear to the eye from
  any given distance and situation, real or imaginary.

  =PLAN.=--Plan, horizontal projection and _top view_ have the same
  meaning.

  =PLANE FIGURE.=--A part of a plane surface bounded by straight or
  curved lines, or by both combined.

[Illustration: Fig. 39.]

  =POLYGON.=--A plane figure bounded by straight lines called the sides
  of the polygon. The least number of sides that can bound a polygon is
  three. Polygons bounded by a greater number of sides than four are
  denominated only by the number of sides.

  A polygon of five sides is called a _Pentagon_; of six, a _Hexagon_;
  of seven, a _Heptagon_; of eight, an _Octagon_; of nine, a _Nonagon_,
  etc.

  _Diagonals_ of a polygon are lines joining the vertices of angles not
  adjacent.

  The _Perimeter_ of a polygon is its boundary considered as a whole.

  The _Base_ of a polygon is the side upon which the polygon is supposed
  to stand.

  The _Altitude_ of a polygon is the perpendicular distance between the
  base and a side or angle opposite the base.

[Illustration: Fig. 40.]

  A _Quadrilateral_ is a polygon having four sides and four angles.

  A _Parallelogram_ is a quadrilateral which has its opposite sides
  parallel.

  The side upon which a parallelogram stands and the opposite side are
  called respectively its lower and upper bases.

  A _Rectangle_ is a parallelogram having its angles right angles.

  A _Square_ is an equilateral rectangle, fig. 41.

[Illustration: Fig. 41.]

[Illustration: Fig. 42.]

[Illustration: Fig. 43.]

[Illustration: Fig. 44.]

[Illustration: Fig. 45.-49.]

  A _Rhomboid_ is an oblique-angled parallelogram.

  A _Rhombus_ is an equilateral rhomboid, fig. 42.

  A _Trapezium_ is a quadrilateral having no two sides parallel, fig.
  43.

  A _Trapezoid_ is a quadrilateral in which two opposite sides are
  parallel, and the other two oblique, fig. 44.

  =A POLYHEDRON= is a solid bounded by planes. There are five regular
  solids which are shown in figs. 45, 46, 47, 48 and 49. A regular solid
  is bounded by similar and regular plane figures.

  Fig. 45.--The _tetrahedron_, bounded by four equilateral triangles.

  Fig. 46.--The _hexahedron_, or cube, bounded by six squares.

  Fig. 47.--The _octahedron_, bounded by eight equilateral triangles.

  Fig. 48.--The _dodecahedron_, bounded by twelve pentagons.

  Fig. 49.--The _icosahedron_, bounded by twenty equilateral triangles.

  =PRISM.=--A solid whose bases or ends are very similar plane figures,
  and whose sides are parallelograms; prisms are called triangular,
  square, etc., according as the bases are triangles, squares, etc.

  =PRODUCE.=--To continue or extend.

  =PROFILE.=--An outline or contour.

  =PROJECTION.=--The view of an object obtained upon a plane by
  projecting lines perpendicular to the plane.

  =QUADRANT.=--The fourth part; a quarter; the quarter of a circle.

  =QUADRISECT.=--To divide into four equal parts.

  =SECTION.=--A projection upon a plane parallel to a cutting plane
  which intersects any object. The section generally represents the part
  behind the cutting plane, and represents the cut surfaces by diagonal
  lines.

  =SECTIONAL.=--Showing the section made by a plane.

  =SHADOW.=--Shade and shadow have about the same meaning.

  =SOLID.=--A solid has three dimensions--length, breadth and thickness.

  =SPHERE.=--A solid bounded by a curved surface every point of which is
  equally distant from a point within called the center.

  =SURFACE.=--The boundary of a solid. It has but two dimensions--length
  and breadth. Surfaces are plane or curved.

  A _Plane Surface_ is one upon which a straight line can be drawn in
  any direction.

  A _Curved Surface_ is one no part of which is plane.

  The surface of the sphere is curved in every direction, while the
  curved surfaces of the cylinder and cone are straight in one
  direction.

  The surface of a solid is no part of the solid, but is simply the
  boundary of the solid. It has two dimensions only, and any number of
  surfaces put together will give no thickness.

[Illustration: Fig. 50.]

[Illustration: Fig. 51.]

[Illustration: Fig. 52.]

[Illustration: Fig. 53.]

[Illustration: Fig. 54.]

  =SYMMETRY.=--_Design._ A proper adjustment or adaptation of parts to
  one another and to the whole.

  =TRISECT.=--To divide into three equal parts.

  =TRIANGLE.=--A triangle is a polygon having three sides and three
  angles. _Tri_ is a Latin prefix signifying three; hence a Triangle is
  literally a figure containing three angles.

  A _Scalene Triangle_ is one in which no two sides are equal. See fig.
  50.

  An _Isosceles Triangle_ is one in which two of the sides are equal.
  See fig. 51.

  An _Equilateral Triangle_ is one in which the three sides are equal.
  An _Equiangular Triangle_ is one having its three angles equal. An
  _Acute-Angled Triangle_ is one in which each angle is acute.

  A _Right-Angled Triangle_ is one which has one of the angles a right
  angle. See fig. 53.

  An _Obtuse-Angled Triangle_ is one having an obtuse angle. Fig. 54.

  Equiangular triangles are also equal sided, and vice versa.

  =VERTICAL.=--Upright or perpendicular. Vertical and perpendicular are
  not synonymous terms.

  =VERTEX.=--See Angle, Quadrilateral, Triangle. The vertex of a solid
  is the point in which its axis intersects the lateral surface.

  =VIEW.=--See Elevation. Views are called front, top, right or left
  side, back, or bottom, according as they are made on the different
  planes of projection. They are also sometimes named according to the
  part of the object shown, as edge view, end view, or face view.

  =WORKING DRAWING.=--One which gives all the information necessary to
  enable the workman to construct the object.

[Illustration]


[Illustration: FREEHAND DRAWING]

[Illustration: Fig. 55.]




Free-Hand Drawing.


A free-hand drawing is executed with the unaided hand and eye, without
guiding instruments or other artificial help. It is necessary to be
known that all drawing required cannot possibly be done by rule and
compass, but that some portions must be drawn “free-hand,” trusting to
the eye alone.

Hence, it is important that the student should be able to sketch at
sight from objects he may see, or to draw roughly, with a piece of chalk
or a pencil, pieces of mechanism required to be represented.

Practice in free-hand should go along with mechanical drawing as
progress is made, and thus cultivating both branches equally.

“A simple sketch will often,” as has been rather roughly said, “express
more than yards of talk.”

Even a slight sketch refreshes the memory, and in the case of the
preparation of a complete set of drawings, with a view to the making of
a thoroughly finished mechanical drawing, the proper course to pursue
is, to make a general sketch, letter the various parts for reference,
and then prepare a series of detailed sketches, similarly lettered, and
diffuse with dimensions.

Everyone, whatever his specialty, feels to-day that the ability to
sketch rapidly and clearly is among the absolute necessities for correct
and prompt transactions of business, in giving and executing orders and
doing business with persons outside his profession.

Mistakes and misunderstandings may be averted by means of rough sketches
taken at the time and shown for confirmation; this also saves assistants
from getting into trouble, especially if they pin the sketch to the
order, for reference, in case of the arising of any dispute. These are a
few of the advantages of knowing how to sketch quickly and correctly.

In “free-hand” any sort of pencil is better than none, but there is a
considerable advantage in having a good serviceable article--a pencil
not too soft nor too hard, and one which will retain its point for some
little time.

Fig. 55 shows the approved position in which the pencil should be held
while sketching. The pencil should be held firmly between the thumb and
first finger of the right hand; press the second finger against the
pencil at the opposite side to the thumb pressure, so that the pencil is
firmly held by the contact of the thumb and two fingers--the third and
fourth fingers just coming into easy reach of the paper surface--the
wrist or ball of the hand resting lightly on the surface of the
work--the arm resting on the desk or drawing-board for steadiness.

The motion of the pencil is produced from the movement of the fingers
and thumb, principally in the vertical strokes, and the horizontal
strokes are produced by fingers and thumb, combined with a wrist or
elbow motion; the oblique lines and curves are produced with a free
movement, with nothing cramped or confined about the finger joints.


POSITION.

It should be observed that nothing is more prejudicial to good execution
than the habit of leaning over the paper, which ought to be placed on a
surface sufficiently inclined to bring every portion equally under the
eye, thus obviating the necessity of leaning forward. All support to the
figure should be obtained by resting on the left arm, the right being
left free for work. By attention to these rules that awkwardness of
position, so detrimental to a good figure, will be avoided. It is better
to have the light on the left hand, as in this direction the shadow of
the pencil does not interfere with the view of the drawing.

[Illustration: Fig. 56.]


HOW TO CUT A PENCIL.

Hold the pencil firmly in the left hand, as in the drawing, allowing
about an inch to project beyond the fingers, and turn it gradually as
the knife removes the wood. The knife should be held so that the blade
alone projects beyond the fingers, and the part of it nearest the handle
used for cutting. The pencil should be placed against the inside of the
thumb of the right hand, as in the drawing (fig. 56), and the wood
removed by slight shaving. The lead should not be cut at the same time
as the wood, but rested on the thumb and pared gently afterwards; by
attention to these directions the pencil will be economized.


HOW TO DRAW STRAIGHT LINES.

Before a line is drawn, the point at which it is to commence and the
point where it is to end, should be known; and let it be distinctly
understood that _this judgment of the eye_, and placing of points,
should invariably precede the drawing of every line.

The first effort should, therefore, be to produce a line of points
exactly parallel with the upper edge of the paper, and at equal
distances from each other. Commence with point _A_ and place the point
_B_ carefully level with it, now place a slip of paper against these
points in the original, mark their distance apart, and see if the same
proportion has been given in your copy; if not, make the necessary
correction. Proceed with the next point, examine it, and so on to the
end of the line. When this is complete, examine each point in
succession, to try if it is at the same distance from the top of the
paper; when this is correct, proceed to draw the first level line. Hold
the pencil as in the drawing, fig. 57, keeping the elbow near the side;
join _A_ to _B_ by one light, steady stroke, produced by a movement of
the wrist, and add stroke upon stroke until the line is of the required
depth. Continue this process to the end of the line of points. Now place
the point _D_ at the right distance below the _A_, proceed with the
points for another line as before, and continue the lines until the
paper is covered. In producing the stroke the pencil should not be
jerked, or any stop be made between the points, but the movement should
be even throughout, and it is much better to produce each line by
several soft strokes, as _the repetition of delicate lines induces
lightness of touch and freedom of hand_; and it is also no small
advantage that lines thus produced are more easily removed by the India
rubber, should they require correction.


TO DRAW THE FIRST OBLIQUE LINE.

Prepare three rows of points down the side of the paper, on the left
hand; examine them to see that they are at equal distances from the side
and from each other; hold the pencil as in the drawing, fig. 58, move
the elbow a little from the side, and join the points _A_ and _B_ with
one light line, produced by a movement of the fingers and thumb,
repeating the strokes until the line is of the requisite depth; proceed
to join _B_ to _C_, taking care previously to bring the hand a little
down the paper, as the line from _A_ to _C_ is too long to be produced
from one position. When the three rows of points are filled, make
another set, examine them and proceed as before. By these means the
paper will be covered with oblique lines, and if the points have been
placed exactly, the sheet will have a neat and regular appearance.

  NOTE.--The drawings of hands are introduced to show the positions for
  holding the pencil, and are not intended for copying.

[Illustration: Fig. 57.]

[Illustration: Fig. 58.]

It is a common, and at the same time highly injurious habit, to draw
this line by a movement of the wrist, the fingers remaining rigid. This
may be detected by watching the action of the thumb; if it bends as the
line is produced, all is right; but if it does not the wrist is at work.


TO DRAW THE UPRIGHT OR PERPENDICULAR LINE.

This line demands the greatest attention, and any care bestowed upon it
will be amply repaid in the after studies.

Commence by placing a line of points down the side of the paper, examine
them very carefully to see that they are all the same distance from its
edge, hold the pencil as in the drawing, fig. 59, move the elbow well
out from the side, and join the points by a movement of the fingers and
thumb. When one line is complete, place the points for the next, and
examine them from the edge of the paper, not from the line just drawn.
Proceed in this manner until the paper is covered.

There is in most cases a tendency to place the points for this line in a
slightly inclined direction, as in writing, though in some instances the
tendency is the opposite, a thoroughly correct eye in this respect being
a rare gift: and it may be useful to suggest that the paper be so placed
that the line of points to be produced may be exactly in front of the
eye.


TO DRAW THE SECOND OBLIQUE LINE.

Prepare three rows of points down the side of the paper, examine them
for correctness of position, hold the pencil as in the drawing, fig. 60,
remove the elbow as far as possible from the side, and join the points
by a movement of the fingers and thumb, and continue the exercise until
the paper is covered.

[Illustration: Fig. 59.]

[Illustration: Fig. 60.]

It will be noticed that each change in direction of the line to be
drawn, has been accompanied with a corresponding change in the position
of the elbow and wrist. The following simple rule will assist the memory
when placing the hand for any given line; the pencil should be held so
that it may form a T with the line to be drawn:

[Illustration]

For the horizontal line, elbow near the side.

[Illustration]

For the first oblique, elbow a little removed.

[Illustration]

For the perpendicular, elbow more removed.

[Illustration]

For the second oblique, elbow most removed.

[Illustration: Finger and thumb lines.

Wrist lines.

Finger and thumb lines.

Wrist lines.]

It may also be interesting to notice, with regard to the movements by
which lines are produced, that they are divided into two systems; the
first is that of the wrist, which includes the horizontal, and lines in
nearly the same direction; the second is that of the fingers and thumb,
by which all other lines are formed. The following diagram exhibits the
two systems and their various lines grouped, and it will be observed
that there is a space marked (a) between the two sets, which may be
considered neutral ground. Lines in this direction may be produced by
either movement, as may be most convenient, but it will always be found
that these lines are the most trying to the hand.


ON FIGURES FORMED OF STRAIGHT LINES.

Before commencing this subject, let it be clearly understood that future
success will, in a great measure, depend upon the amount of care
bestowed upon it. The aim should be to obtain absolute accuracy, and for
this end the copies should be tested by the most careful measurements,
and corrected until they are true with the originals, but it should be
distinctly understood that these measurements are only to be made after
the eye and hand have done their best.

  NOTE.--To some it may appear that too much time and care has been
  bestowed on mere lines, but let it be understood that a good system of
  line drawing is the basis of all education--the slightest outline by a
  hand thus trained has a bold, free and masterly character; and with
  regard to shading, which is simply an aggregation of good lines, it is
  only by such a practiced hand its most charming effects can be
  produced.

Fig. 66: Place the points _A_, _B_. Examine them to see that they are
the same distance apart as in the original, and that they are level;
place the point _C_ exactly under _A_, and make _A C_ equal in distance
to _A B_; now place the point _D_ opposite _C_ and under _B_; try the
distances between each point to see that they are the same; divide each
side by a point half way, and then draw the lines.

Fig. 67: Repeat the last figure and add the lines _A_ and _B_, taking
great care that the points for them are correctly placed.

Fig. 68: Commence with the square as before; then join the half-way
points.

Fig. 69: After the square is drawn, place the points _A_ and _B_ at the
right height above the half-way points, and _C_, _D_ at the proper
distance from the corners, then draw the figure.

Fig. 70: The greatest care should be taken with the squares for this and
the following figure, as the slightest error in them will destroy the
symmetry of the drawing within; when the square is completed, join the
opposite corners, and place on the crossed lines the points _B_, _C_,
_D_, _E_; examine these to see that they are each at the same distance
from the centre _A_, and that this distance is equal to the space from
_A_ to the sides of the square; when all are proved to be correct,
complete the figure.

[Illustration: Fig. 66.]

[Illustration: Fig. 67.]

[Illustration: Fig. 68.]

[Illustration: Fig. 69.]

[Illustration: Fig. 70.]

[Illustration: Fig. 71.]

Fig. 71: Repeat the last drawing with, if possible, greater exactness,
and outside the octagon place the points _A_, _B_, _C_, _D_, etc.;
examine each of these points to see that they are all at the same
distance from the centre, and then complete the figure.


ON CURVED LINES.

The right position of the hand for drawing any curved line is that
required for a straight line which would touch the extremities of the
curve. The straight lines given in the exercises are valuable, not only
as a guide to the position of the hand, but as an assistance to the eye
when forming the curves or examining them after they are produced.

[Illustration]

The direction given for drawing a straight line was to form it by one
steady movement from point to point, without any jerk or stop by the
way. This instruction requires to be changed for the curve, _which is
better produced by several short strokes_, thus:

[Illustration]

or by overlapping lines, any outside bits being cleared away with India
rubber.

These exercises will test the drawing power and try the patience of the
pupil, but they are worthy of all the care which can be bestowed, which
in future efforts will meet with its full reward.

Fig. 76: Draw first the square as directed in the previous lesson, join
the points _A_, _B_, _C_ and add the short lines at _E_ and _F_, proceed
with the curve _A B_, drawing it with faint lines at first, and adding
stroke upon stroke until the required depth is obtained; the curve _A C_
is more difficult to produce, in consequence of the formation of the
hand; it should, therefore, be drawn in shorter pieces, joining them
together afterwards by over strokes.

[Illustration: Fig. 76.]

[Illustration: Fig. 77.]

Fig. 77: Draw the square and straight lines first, then add the curves,
taking care to give the greatest fullness at the right place.

Fig. 78: Draw the square and straight lines, proceed with the curves,
taking care to make each of the same proportion.

Figs. 79 and 80: The ovals contained in these figures are simply
foreshortened circles, and as such forms are of frequent occurrence in
sketching from objects, in bridges, wheels, ends of timber, etc., they
should be carefully studied; the greatest difficulty is to turn the
narrow ends, and prevent their looking like corners. For this purpose it
is better to draw the short curves first, thus:

[Illustration]

and then join the longer sides to them.

Fig. 81: If this figure can be drawn correctly, a great success has been
achieved; the circle is a most difficult form to delineate, and without
system could not be accomplished. Draw the square and straight lines
within it with great care, examine each point of the octagon to see that
it is at the same distance from the centre, and then draw the circle.


EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE.

Several figures, 83 to 96, representing more or less familiar parts of
machines, utilities, etc., are introduced for practice in free-hand,
but--

It must be noted that even in free-hand the wise student will
occasionally use the straight edge and compasses, so as to make his
first attempts fairly creditable. Many good draughtsmen have begun by
simply copying such figures and illustrations as are used throughout
this volume and other similar sources; perhaps there is nothing better
for practice or training than the copying and reproducing of samples of
good mechanical drawings, yet it must always be remembered that
advancement in free-hand must be made in the line of less to greater
efforts, and that the why and wherefore will be constantly asked by the
aspiring student; that good and correct drawings are to be aimed for at
all times in every line and dimension--never forgetting the law of
proportion in the smallest outlines of objects to be represented.

[Illustration: Fig. 78.]

[Illustration: Fig. 79.]

[Illustration: Fig. 80.]

[Illustration: Fig. 81.]

Fig. 83 is a section, or end view of a bar of angle iron; the student
will find helpful practice in attempting this figure; he may be allowed
to use a straight-edge in drawing the lines, but no measurements; the
work should be tested on completion by a rule, or better by penciling
from the original on tracing paper, and comparing the free-hand with the
copy, when the defective proportions, if any, will be clearly exhibited.

Fig. 84 is a section of tee iron, and fig. 85 is a section of channel
iron. These three figures on page 75 should be practiced alternately,
although seeming similar in shape.

Fig. 86 is a side and end view of an angle plate shaded. Fig. 87 is a
wrench shaded.

Examples of bolt ends are shown in the two next numbers; fig. 88
exhibits the common square-head bolt, and fig. 89 the hexagon or
six-sided bolt-head; these are also examples of _straight-line shading_.
Fig. 90 is a lathe-dog, and shows an example of _curved shading_; fig.
92 is an engine crank, and an example of _straight and curved shading_;
fig. 91 is a screw clamp.

Fig. 93 is a section of boiler plates riveted together; a caulking tool
is also shown.

In the example, fig. 94--a hand-wheel--the principal difficulty, even
for the most advanced student in free-hand, will be in drawing the
circles; a coin, if convenient, can be used to scribe about, in drawing
these; the other parts can afterwards be filled in around the circle.
Fig. 96 is introduced for practice in penciling and shading; the figure
represents a water-wheel on a stone pier.

The familiar oil can is shown in fig. 95. These all are excellent
objects for practice.

[Illustration: Fig. 83.--Fig. 84.--Fig. 85.]

[Illustration: Fig. 86.]

[Illustration: Fig. 87.]

[Illustration: Fig. 88.--Fig. 89.--Fig. 90.--Fig. 91.]

[Illustration: Fig. 92.]

[Illustration: Fig. 93.]

[Illustration: Fig. 94.]

[Illustration: Fig. 95.]

[Illustration: Fig. 96.]


[Illustration: GEOMETRICAL DRAWING]

[Illustration]




Geometrical Drawing.


Geometry is the science of measurement; it has been known for more than
three thousand years; many lives have been devoted to its development,
and it exists to-day as the foundation of all mathematics.

Geometrical drawing is the art of representing, to the eye, the problems
“worked out” by geometricians, and the importance of a knowledge of
geometrical drawing is paramount. The student will find that the figures
delineated and explained in the next few pages constantly occur in
mechanical drawing. Says Walter Smith, State Director of Art Education
in Massachusetts, “I have never known a case where a student did not
progress more satisfactorily in his studies after a course of practical
geometry.”

The elementary conceptions of geometry are few:

  1.--A point.
       2.--A line.
            3.--A surface.
                 4.--A solid, and
                      5.--An angle.

All of which elements are used in mechanical drawings.

From these, as data, a vast number of mathematical problems have been
deduced; of which a few of the most elementary will be illustrated in
this work; but these few will repay the attention of the student.

In “freehand” drawing the crayon and pencil are used; in geometrical
drawings the dividers, as shown in illustration, fig. 97, together with
a rule, are all that is necessary to accomplish the work.

A problem is something to be done, and geometry has been defined as the
science of measurement; the relation between geometry and mechanical
drawing is very close, hence the term “geometrical problem.”

[Illustration: Fig. 97.]

[Illustration: Fig. 98.]

Before proceeding with the examples, a few elementary statements
belonging to the science of geometry are presented; these will be useful
to the student, not only while “doing” the problems, but in many cases
of every-day--future--experience.

Geometry is one of the oldest and simplest of sciences; it may be
defined as _the science of measurement_; geometry is _the root_ from
which all regular mathematical calculations issue. It has claimed the
best thought of practical men from the times of the Greeks and Romans
two thousand years ago; they derived their knowledge of the science from
the Egyptians, who in turn were indebted to the Chaldeans and Hindoos in
times beyond any authentic history; hence it was under the operations of
the laws explained in geometry, that the pyramids of Egypt and the
temples of Greece were constructed, as well as the engines of war and
appliances of peace of ancient times.

_A point_ is mere position, and has no magnitude.

_A line_ is that which has extension in length only. The extremities of
lines are points.

_A surface_ is that which has extension in length and breadth only.

_A solid_ is that which has extension in length, breadth and thickness.

_An angle_ is the difference in the direction of two lines proceeding
from the same point.

[Illustration]

Lines, Surfaces, Angles and Solids constitute the different kinds of
quantity called _geometrical_ magnitudes.

_Parallel lines_ are lines which have the same direction; hence parallel
lines can never meet, however far they may be produced; for two lines
taking the same direction cannot approach or recede from each other.

[Illustration]

An _Axiom_ is a self-evident truth, not only too simple to require, _but
too simple to admit of demonstration_.

A _Proposition_ is something which is either proposed to be done, or to
be demonstrated, and is either a problem or a theorem.

A _Problem_ is something proposed to be done.

A _Theorem_ is something proposed to be demonstrated.

A _Hypothesis_ is a supposition made with a view to draw from it some
consequence which establishes the truth or falsehood of a proposition,
or solves a problem.

A _Lemma_ is something which is premised, or demonstrated, in order to
render what follows more easy.

A _Corollary_ is a consequent truth derived immediately from some
preceding truth or demonstration.

A _Scholium_ is a remark or observation made upon something going before
it.

A _Postulate_ is a problem, the solution of which is self-evident.

Let it be granted--

I. That a straight line can be drawn from any one point to any other
point;

II. That a straight line can be produced to any distance, or terminated
at any point;

III. That the circumference of a circle can be described about any
center, at any distance from that center.

The common algebraic signs are used in Geometry, and it is necessary
that the student in geometry should understand some of the more simple
operations of algebra. As the terms circle, angle, triangle, hypothesis,
axiom, theorem, corollary and definition are constantly occurring in a
course of geometry, they are abbreviated as shown in the following list:

  Addition is expressed by                                        +
  Subtraction is expressed by                                     -
  Multiplication is expressed by                                  ×
  Equality and Equivalency are expressed by                       =
  Greater than, is expressed by                                   >
  Less than, is expressed by                                      <
    Thus _B_ is greater than _A_, is written              _B_ > _A_
         _B_ is less than _A_, is written                 _B_ < _A_
  A circle is expressed by                                        O
  An angle is expressed by                                        L
  A right angle is expressed by                                R. L
  Degrees, minutes and seconds are expressed by             °  ′  ″
  A triangle is expressed by                                      △
  The term Hypothesis is expressed by                         (Hy.)
  The term Axiom is expressed by                              (Ax.)
  The term Theorem is expressed by                            (Th.)
  The term Corollary is expressed by                         (Cor.)
  The term Definition is expressed by                        (Def.)
  The term Perpendicular is expressed by                          ⊥
  The difference of two quantities, when it is not
    known which is the greater, is expressed by
    the symbol                                                    ~
  Thus, the difference between _A_ and _B_ is written     _A_ ~ _B_


GEOMETRICAL AXIOMS.

1. _Things which are equal to the same thing are equal to each other._

2. _When equals are added to equals the wholes are equal._

3. _When equals are taken from equals the remainders are equal._

4. _When equals are added to unequals the wholes are unequal._

5. _When equals are taken from unequals the remainders are unequal._

6. _Things which are double of the same thing, or equal things, are
equal to each other._

7. _Things which are halves of the same thing, or of equal things, are
equal to each other._

8. _The whole is greater than any of its parts._

9. _Every whole is equal to all its parts taken together._

10. _Things which coincide, or fill the same space, are identical, or
mutually equal in all their parts._

11. _All right angles are equal to one another._

12. _A straight line is the shortest distance between two points._

13. _Two straight lines cannot enclose a space._


Problems in Geometrical Drawing.

[Illustration: Fig. 99.]

EXAMPLE 1.--_To bisect_ (cut in two) _a straight line or an arc of a
circle_, Fig. 99. From the ends of _A B_ as centers, describe arcs
cutting each other at _C_ and _D_, and draw _C D_, which cuts the line
at _E_ or the arc at _F_.

EX. 2.--_To draw a perpendicular to a straight line, or a radial line to
a circular arc_, Fig. 99. Operate as in the foregoing problem. The line
_C D_ is perpendicular to _A B_; the line _C D_ is also radial to the
arc _A B_.

[Illustration: Fig. 100.]

[Illustration: Fig. 101.]

EX. 3.--_To draw a perpendicular to a straight line, from a given point
in that line_, Fig. 100. With any radius from any given point _A_ in the
line _B C_, cut the line at _B_ and _C_. Next, with a longer radius,
describe arcs from _B_ and _C_, cutting each other at _D_, and draw the
perpendicular _D A_.

_Second Method_, Fig. 101. From any center _F_ above _B C_, describe a
circle passing through the given point _A_, and cutting the given line
at _D_; draw _D F_, and produce it to cut the circle at _E_; and draw
the perpendicular _A E_.

[Illustration: Fig. 102.]

_Third Method_, Fig. 102. From _A_ describe an arc _E C_, and from _E_,
with the same radius, the arc _A C_ cutting the other at _C_; through
_C_ draw a line _E C D_ and set off _C D_ equal to _C E_, and through
_D_ draw the perpendicular _A D_.

[Illustration: Fig. 103.]

[Illustration: Fig. 104.]

EX. 4.--_To draw a perpendicular to a straight line from any point
without it_, Fig. 103. From the point _A_ with a sufficient radius cut
the given line at _F_ and _G_; and from these points describe arcs
cutting at _E_. Draw the perpendicular _A E_.

If there be no room below the line, the intersection may be taken above
the line; that is to say, between the line and the given point.

_Second Method_, Fig. 104. From any two points _B C_ at some distance
apart, in the given line, and with the radii _B A_, _C A_, respectively,
describe arcs cutting at _A D_. Draw the perpendicular _A D_.

[Illustration: Fig. 105.]

[Illustration: Fig. 106.]

EX. 5.--_To draw a parallel line through a given point_, Fig. 105. With
a radius equal to the given point _C_ from the given line _A B_,
describe the arc _D_ from _B_, taken considerably distant from _C_. Draw
the parallel through _C_ to touch the arc _D_.

_Second Method_, Fig. 106. From _A_, the given point, describe the arc
_F D_, cutting the given line at _F_; from _F_, with the same radius,
describe the arc _E A_, and set off _F D_, equal to _E A_. Draw the
parallel through the points _A D_.

[Illustration: Fig. 107.]

When a series of parallels are required perpendicular to a base line _A
B_, they may be drawn as in fig. 107 through points in the base line set
off at the required distances apart. This method is convenient also
where a succession of parallels are required to a given line _C D_, for
the perpendicular may be drawn to it, and any number of parallels may be
drawn on the perpendicular.

[Illustration: Fig. 108.]

[Illustration: Fig. 109.]

EX. 6.--_To divide a line into a number of equal parts_, Fig. 108.

To divide the line _A B_ into, say, five parts. From _A_ and _B_ draw
parallels _A C_, _B D_ on opposite sides; set off any convenient
distance four times (one less than the given number), from _A_ on _A C_,
and on _B_ on _B D_; join the first on _A C_ to the fourth on _B D_, and
so on. The lines so drawn divide _A B_ as required.

_Second Method_, Fig. 109. Draw the line at _A C_, at an angle from _A_,
set off, say, five equal parts; draw _B_ 5, and draw parallels to it
from the other points of division in _A C_. These parallels divide _A B_
as required.

[Illustration: Fig. 110.]

EX. 7.--_Upon a straight line to draw an angle equal to a given angle_,
Fig. 110. Let _A_ be the given angle and _F G_ the line. With any radius
from the points _A_ and _F_, describe arcs _D E_, _I H_, cutting the
sides of the angle _A_ and the line _F G_.

Set off the arc _I H_, equal to _D E_ and draw _F H_. The angle _F_ is
equal to _A_ as required.

[Illustration: Fig. 111.]

EX. 8.--_To bisect an angle_, Fig. 111. Let _A C B_ be the angle; on the
center _C_ cut the sides at _A B_. On _A_ and _B_ as centers describe
arcs cutting at _D_ dividing the angle into two equal parts.

[Illustration: Fig. 112.]

EX. 9.--_To find the center of a circle or of an arc of a circle._ Fig.
112. Draw the chord _A B_, bisect it by the perpendicular _C D_, bounded
both ways by the circle; and bisect _C D_ for the center _G_.

[Illustration: Fig. 113.]

[Illustration: Fig. 114.]

EX. 10.--_Through two given points to describe an arc of a circle with a
given radius_, Fig. 113. On the points _A_ and _B_ as centers, with the
given radius, describe arcs cutting at _C_; and from _C_, with the same
radius, describe an arc _A B_ as required.

Second, for a circle or an arc, Fig. 114. Select three points _A_, _B_,
_C_ in the circumference, well apart; with the same radius describe arcs
from these three points cutting each other, and draw two lines _D E_, _F
G_, through their intersections according to Fig. 107. The point where
they cut is the center of the circle or arc.

EX. 11.--_To describe a circle passing through three given points_, Fig.
114. Let _A_, _B_, _C_ be the given points and proceed as in last
problem to find the center _O_, from which the circle may be described.

This problem is variously useful; in finding the diameter of a large
fly-wheel, or any other object of large diameter when only a part of the
circumference is accessible; in striking out arches when the span and
rise are given, etc.

[Illustration: Fig. 115.]

EX. 12.--_To draw a tangent to a circle from a given point in the
circumference_, Fig. 115. From _A_ set off equal segments _A B_, _A D_,
join _B D_ and draw _A E_, parallel to it, for the tangent.

[Illustration: Fig. 116.]

EX. 13.--_To draw tangents to a circle from points without it_, Fig.
116. From _A_ with the radius _A C_ describe an arc _B C D_, and from
_C_ with a radius equal to the diameter of the circle, cut the arc at _B
D_, join _B C_, _C D_, cutting the circle at _E F_, and draw _A E_, _A
F_, the tangents.

[Illustration: Fig. 117.]

EX. 14.--_Between two inclined lines to draw a series of circles
touching these lines and touching each other_, Fig. 117. Bisect the
inclination of the given lines _A B_, _C D_ by the line _N O_. From a
point _P_ in this line draw the perpendicular _P B_ to the line _A B_,
and on _P_ describe the circle _B D_, touching the lines and cutting the
center lines at _E_. From _E_ draw _E F_ perpendicular to the center
line, cutting _A B_ at _F_, and from _F_ describe an arc _E G_, cutting
_A B_ at _G_. Draw _G H_ parallel to _B P_, giving _H_, the center of
the next circle, to be described with the radius _H E_, and so on for
the next circle, _I N_.

[Illustration: Fig. 118.]

[Illustration: Fig. 119.]

EX. 15.--_To construct a triangle on a given base, the sides being
given._

First. An equilateral triangle, Fig. 118. On the ends of a given base _A
B_, with _A B_ as a radius describe arcs cutting at _C_, and draw _A C_,
_C B_.

Second. Triangle of unequal sides, Fig. 119. On either end of the base
_A D_, with the side _B_ as a radius describe an arc; and with the side
_C_ as a radius, on the other end of the base as a center, describe arcs
cutting the arc at _E_; join _A E_, _D E_.

This construction may be used for finding the position of a point _C_ or
_E_ at given distances from the ends of a base, not necessarily to form
a triangle.

[Illustration: Fig. 120.]

[Illustration: Fig. 121.]

EX. 16.--_To construct a square rectangle on a given straight line._

First. A square, Fig. 120. On the ends _B A_ as centers, with the line
_A B_ as radius, describe arcs cutting at _C_; on _C_ describe arcs
cutting the others at _D E_; and on _D_ and _E_ cut these at _F G_. Draw
_A F_, _B G_ and join the intersections _H I_.

Second. A rectangle, Fig. 121. On the base _E F_ draw the perpendiculars
_E H_, _F G_, equal to the height of the rectangle, and join _G H_.

[Illustration: Fig. 122.]

EX. 17.--_To construct a parallelogram of which the sides and one of the
angles are given_, Fig. 122. Draw the side _D E_ equal to the given
length _A_, and set off the other side _D F_ equal to the other length
_B_, forming the given angle _C_. From _E_ with _D F_ as radius,
describe an arc, and from _F_, with the radius _D E_ cut the arc at _G_.
Draw _F G_, _E G_. Or, the remaining sides may be drawn as parallels to
_D E_, _D F_.

[Illustration: Fig. 123.]

EX. 18.--_To describe a circle about a triangle_, Fig. 123. Bisect two
sides _A B_, _A C_ of the triangle at _E F_, and from these points draw
perpendiculars cutting at _K_. On the center _K_, with the radius _K A_
draw the circle _A B C_.

[Illustration: Fig. 124.]

EX. 19.--_To describe a circle about a square, and to inscribe a square
in a circle_, Fig. 124.

First. To describe the circle. Draw the diagonals _A B_, _C D_ of the
square, cutting at _E_; on the center _E_ with the radius _E A_ describe
the circle.

Second. To inscribe the square. Draw the two diameters _A B_, _C D_ at
right angles and join the points _A B_, _C D_ to form the square.

_In the same way a circle may be described about a triangle._

[Illustration: Fig. 125.]

EX. 20.--_To inscribe a circle on a square, and to describe a square
about a circle_, Fig. 125.

First. To inscribe the circle. Draw the diagonals _A B_, _C D_ of the
square, cutting at _E_; draw the perpendicular _E F_ to one side, and
with the radius _E F_ describe the circle.

Second. To describe the square. Draw two diameters _A B_, _C D_ at right
angles, and produce them; bisect the angle _D E B_ at the center by the
diameter _F G_, and through _F_ and _G_ draw perpendiculars _A C_, _B
D_, and join the points _A D_ and _B C_ where they cut the diagonals to
complete the square.

[Illustration: Fig. 126.]

EX. 21.--_To inscribe a circle in a triangle_, Fig. 126. Bisect two of
the angles _A C_ of the triangle by lines cutting at _D_; from _D_ draw
a perpendicular _D E_ to any side, and with _D E_ as radius describe a
circle.

[Illustration: Fig. 127.]

EX. 22.--_To inscribe a pentagon in a circle_, Fig. 127. Draw two
diameters _A C_, _B D_ at right angles cutting at _O_; bisect _A O_ at
_E_, and from _B_ with radius _B E_ cut the circumference at _G H_ and
with the same radius step round the circle to _I_ and _K_; join the
points to form the pentagon.

[Illustration: Fig. 128.]

EX. 23.--_To construct a hexagon upon a given straight line_, Fig. 128.
From _A_ and _B_, the ends of the given line, describe arcs cutting at
_G_; from _G_ with the radius _G A_ describe a circle. With the same
radius set off the arcs _A C_, _C F_ and _B D_, _D E_; join the points
so found to form the hexagon.

[Illustration: Fig. 129.]

EX. 24.--_To inscribe a hexagon in a circle_, Fig. 129. Draw a diameter
_A C B_; from _A_ and _B_ as centers, with the radius of the circle _A
C_ cut the circumference at _D_, _E_, _F_, _G_, and draw _A D_, _D E_,
etc., to form the hexagon. The points _D E_, etc., may be found by
stepping the radius (with the dividers) six times round the circle.

[Illustration: Fig. 130.]

EX. 25.--_To describe an octagon on a given straight line_, Fig. 130.
Produce the given line _A B_ both ways and draw perpendiculars _A E_, _B
F_; bisect the external angles _A_ and _B_ by the lines _A H_, _B C_,
which make equal to _A B_. Draw _C D_ and _H G_ parallel to _A E_ and
equal to _A B_; from the center _G D_, with the radius _A B_, cut the
perpendiculars at _E F_, and draw _E F_ to complete the hexagon.

[Illustration: Fig. 131.]

EX. 26.--_To convert a square into an octagon_, Fig. 131.--Draw the
diagonals of the square cutting at _E_; from the corners _A_, _B_, _C_,
_D_, with _A E_ as radius, describe arcs cutting the sides at _G_, _H_,
etc., and join the points so found to complete the octagon.

[Illustration: Fig. 132.]

EX. 27.--_To inscribe an octagon in a circle_, Fig. 132. Draw two
diameters _A C_, _B D_, at right angles; bisect the arcs _A B_, _B C_,
at _E_, _F_, etc., to form the octagon.

[Illustration: Fig. 133.]

EX. 28.--_To describe an octagon about a circle_, Fig. 133. Describe a
square about the given circle _A B_, draw perpendiculars _H_ and _K_, to
the diagonals, touching the circle to form the octagon. Or, the points
_H_, _K_, etc., may be found by cutting the sides from the corners, by
lines parallel to the diagonals.

[Illustration: Fig. 134.]

EX. 29.--_To describe an ellipse when the length and breadth are given_,
Fig. 134. On the center _C_, with _A E_ as radius, cut the axis _A B_ at
_F_ and _G_, the foci, fix a couple of pins into the axis at _F_ and
_G_, and loop on a thread or cord upon them equal in length to the axis
_A B_, so as when stretched to reach the extremity _C_ of the conjugate
axis, as shown in dot-lining. Place a pencil or drawpoint inside the
cord, as at _H_, and guiding the pencil in this way, keeping the cord
equally in tension, carry the pencil round the pins _F_, _G_, and so
describe the ellipse.

  NOTE.--The ellipse is an oval figure, like a circle in perspective.
  The line that divides it equally in the direction of its great length
  is the _transverse axis_, and the line which divides the opposite way
  is the _conjugate axis_.

_Second Method._ Along the straight edge of a piece of stiff paper mark
off a distance _a c_ equal to _A C_, half the transverse axis; and from
the same point a distance _a b_ equal to _C D_, half the conjugate axis.
Place the slip so as to bring the point _b_ on the line _A B_ of the
transverse axis, and the point _c_ on the line _D E_; and set off on the
drawing the position of the point _a_. Shifting the slip, so that the
point travels on the transverse axis, and the point _c_ on the conjugate
axis, any number of points in the curve may be found, through which the
curve may be traced. See fig. 135.

[Illustration: Fig. 135.]


Trigonometry.

Trigonometry is that portion of geometry which has for its object the
measurement of triangles. When it treats of plane triangles, it is
called _Plane Trigonometry_; and as the engineer will continually meet
in his studies of higher mathematics _the terms_ used in plane
trigonometry, it is advantageous for him to become familiar with some of
the principles and definitions relating to this branch of mathematics.

The circumferences of all circles contain the same number of degrees,
but the greater the radius the greater is the absolute measures of a
degree. The circumference of a fly wheel or the circumference of the
earth have the same number of degrees; yet the same number of degrees in
each and every circumference is the measure of precisely the same angle.

The circumference of a circle is supposed to be divided into 360 degrees
or divisions, and as the total angularity about the center is equal to
four right angles, each right angle contains 90 degrees, or 90°, and
half a right angle contains 45°. Each degree is divided into 60 minutes,
or 60′; and for the sake of still further minuteness of measurement,
each minute is divided into 60″. In a whole circle there are, therefore,
360 × 60 × 60 = 1,296,000 seconds. The annexed diagram, fig. 136,
exemplifies the relative positions of the

  Sine,
      Co-sine,
          Versed Sine,

  Tangent,
      Co-Tangent,
          Secant and
              Co-secant

of an angle.

[Illustration: Fig. 136.]

These may be defined thus:


DEFINITIONS.

1. The _Complement_ of an arc is 90° minus the arc.

2. The _Supplement_ of an arc is 180° minus the arc.

3. The _Sine_ of an angle, or of an arc, is a line drawn from one end of
an arc, perpendicular to a diameter drawn through the other end.

4. The _Cosine_ of an arc is the perpendicular distance from the center
of the circle to the sine of the arc; or, it is the same in magnitude as
the sine of the complement of the arc.

5. The _Tangent_ of an arc is a line touching the circle in one
extremity of the arc, and continued from thence, to meet a line drawn
through the center and the other extremity.

6. The _Cotangent_ of an arc is the tangent of the complement of the
arc. The _Co_ is but a contraction of the word complement.

7. The _Secant_ of an arc is a line drawn from the center of the circle
to the extremity of the tangent.

8. The _Cosecant_ of an arc is the secant of the complement.

9. The _Versed Sine_ of an arc is the distance from the extremity of the
arc to the foot of the sine.

For the sake of brevity, these technical terms are contracted thus: for
sine _A B_, we write _sin. A B_; for cosine _A B_, we write _cos. A B_;
for tangent _A B_, we write _tan. A B_, etc.


[Illustration: INSTRUMENTS AND MATERIALS]

[Illustration: Fig. 137.]




Drawing Materials and Instruments.


Drawing tools or instruments are contrived solely for mechanical
drawing; aside from this use they are perfectly worthless, hence the
quality of these special utensils is a matter of the first consideration
to the earnest student.

There are several degrees of excellence to be found in the make-up of
drawing instruments and materials; it may be remarked with truth that
“any kind are good enough, and the best none too good,” i. e., a learner
in this delightful art should not stop at the lack of goodness or the
low grade existing in his “tools,” but rather do the best work possible
with the means at hand.

However, in order that acceptable work may be accomplished, fairly good
instruments should be procured. The advice of some one experienced in
the use and care of draughting tools should be sought before purchasing.
A drawing board, a single sheet of paper and a pencil is the simplest
“outfit” to be thought of; to this small beginning may be added, soon
afterwards, an inexpensive pair of compasses, a T-square and a couple of
triangles; a vast range of work can be executed with these few tools.

Nothing else will be needed to do fine work except, perhaps, one or two
pairs of better compasses and a few sweeps or means of drawing irregular
curves; all these had best be purchased separately; for in buying a “box
of instruments,” it may contain some articles which are not desired, or
that are of a wrong size, or even duplicates of those already possessed.

[Illustration: Fig. 138.]

An outfit recommended by the author of “Reed’s Hand Book” is as follows.

Large compasses with movable leg.

A pair of dividers.

Bow pencil.

Bow pen.

Pencil leg for large compasses.

Pen leg for large compasses.

Drawing pen.

Louis Rouillon, B. S., Instructor of Drawing in Pratt Institute, New
York, recommends the following:

Compasses, 5¹⁄₂ inches, with needle point; pen pencil and lengthening
bar.

Drawing pen, 4¹⁄₂ inches.

T-square, 24-inch blade.

45-degree triangle, 9 inches.

30 and 60 degree triangle, 9 inches.

1 Scroll.

Dixon’s V. H. pencil.

12-inch boxwood scale, flat, graduated ¹⁄₁₆ inch the entire length.

Bottle of liquid India ink, four thumb-tacks, pen and ink eraser.

20 sheets drawing paper, 11 × 15 inches, and a drawing-board about 16 ×
23 inches will also be necessary; students can usually make the board
themselves for less money than it can be bought.

  NOTE.--The purchasing of drawing tools is one of the most difficult
  points to settle that can present itself to a person about to buy a
  drawing outfit for the first time. Nothing can be so productive of
  distress to a person drawing as to have his tools getting out of
  order, joints one day too tight, next day too slack, points getting
  blunt or perhaps turning up altogether; if needle points, then the
  needles slip up, and drawing spoiled; in fact, the purchaser can be
  annoyed in numberless different ways.--W. H. THORN.

[Illustration: Fig. 139.]

[Illustration: Fig. 140.]


THE DRAWING BOARD.

A drawing-board should be made of well seasoned pine of a convenient
size, say 23 × 16, which will take half a sheet of imperial paper,
leaving ¹⁄₂-inch margin all around.

The working surface of the board--or its front side--should be perfectly
smooth, but instead of being flat it should have a very slight camber,
or rounding, breadthways, this latter feature in its construction being
to prevent the possibility of a sheet of paper when stretched on its
surface having any vacuity beneath it.

The _four edges_ of the board need not form an exact rectangle, as much
valuable time is often wasted in the attempts to produce such a board;
but it will answer every purpose of the draughtsman so long as the
adjacent edges at the lower left-hand corner of it are at right angles,
or square to each other.

An English authority recommends the use of two drawing-boards, 42 inches
long and 30 inches wide, made of plain stuff, without cleets, 1¹⁄₄
inches thick--seasoned--with edges perfectly straight and at right
angles to each other. _With two boards, one may be used for sketching
and drawing details and the other for the finished drawing._

The board should be ³⁄₄ inch in thickness, and fitted at the back, at
right angles to its longest side, with a couple of hardwood battens,
about 2 inches wide and ³⁄₄ inch thick; the use of these battens being
to keep the board from casting or winding and to allow of its expansion
or contraction through changes of temperature. This latter purpose,
however, is only effected by attaching the battens to the back of the
board in the following manner: ... At the middle of the length of each
batten--which should be one inch less than the width of the board--a
stout, well-fitted wood screw is firmly inserted into it, and made to
penetrate the board for about ¹⁄₂ inch, the head of the screw being made
flush with the surface of the batten; on either side of the central
screw, two others, about 3¹⁄₂ inches apart, are passed through oblong
holes in the battens, and screwed into the body of the board until their
heads are flush with the central one; fitted in this way the board
itself can expand or contract lengthwise or crosswise, while its surface
is prevented from warping or bending.

[Illustration: Fig. 141.]

A further improvement in such a drawing board as above shown is made by
cutting lengthwise along its ends a narrow groove and inserting an ebony
or hardwood strip; this is cut or sawn apart at about every inch to
admit of contraction; this strip serves as a guide to the stock of the
drawing square, allowing an easy sliding movement.

To produce really good work in the shape of a mechanical drawing, one
perfect straight edge only is required on a drawing board, and that the
left one, which is always known as the _working-edge_; but for the
convenience of being able to draw a long line across the board at right
angles to its lower edge, this edge is made truly square with that on
the left side of the board.

The details for building these drawing boards are given, because they
are easy to be made by one who understands the use of a few wood-working
tools; while the boards themselves are difficult of transportation--in
case of the change of residence of their owners--quite unlike the
instruments which are to accompany them.

Fig. 141 represents the board which has been described in the text, with
provisions for the contraction and expansion; the very dark lines are
intended to represent the ebony insertions--as described. Fig. 140
represents a plain pine board with dovetailed battens.

[Illustration: Fig. 142.]

Fig. 142 represents the common means used to attach or secure slightly
or temporarily the drawing paper to the drawing board; these are called
thumb-tacks, and are usually forced through the paper into the wood by
the hand, whence they are easily detached. These are made to have as
slight a projection as may be, so as not to interfere with the free
movement of the tee-square.

For mechanical drawing the invariable practice is to secure the paper on
which the drawing is to be made to the drawing board by pinning it; this
is effected by various kinds of _drawing pins_ or _thumb-tacks_.

The best kind for this purpose have a head as thin as possible without
cutting at its edges, slightly concave on the under side next the paper,
and only so much convex on its upper side as will give it sufficient
thickness to enable the pin to be secured to it; better use four or more
small pins along the edge of a sheet of paper, than use one clumsy,
badly made pin at each end.

[Illustration: Fig. 143.]

[Illustration: Fig. 144.]

Fig. 143 and fig. 144 represent a pair of plain trestles or horses in
common use for supporting large size drawing boards. This pattern is
found frequently in the laying-out shop. Fig. 145 and fig. 146 represent
_adjustable_ horses or trestles--these are designed, primarily, for
office use. As will be seen by viewing the illustration, the upper part
is supported by two hard-wood sliding pieces; these are provided with
strong pins and numerous holes, and pass through the frame of the
trestle, as shown, so that the upper portions can be arranged at any
angle convenient to the draughtsman, as he lies over his work or stands
by it.

[Illustration: Fig. 145.]

[Illustration: Fig. 146.]

Fig. 137 is introduced to exhibit the paper attached to the drawing
board with the thumb-tacks, and with the T-square and set-squares
arranged to commence work; the paper should not extend to the edges of
the board; three, four or more tacks may be used on each edge of the
sheet of paper, instead of two, as shown in illustration.

[Illustration: Fig. 147.]

A most convenient--and except for its extreme lightness, which is not
good in a drawing stand--a most admirable device is shown in fig. 138.
The drawing table is simply a drawing board with folding legs; these are
made from hard-wood, while the top is made of soft, seasoned pine, with
square corners; while the device is strong and well braced, it can be
folded and easily carried about--all as shown in the illustration.

[Illustration: Fig. 148.]


THE TEE-SQUARE.

This is an instrument in the form of a letter T, as shown in the figures
149 and 150; the two parts are known as _stock_ and _blade_; the
horizontal part of the letter (T) is the stock, and the vertical part
the blade--hence the name, T-square; to form the square, the two parts
are joined together in such a way as to make them exactly at right
angles to each other; the stock, which is applied to the working edge of
the drawing board, being about one-third the length of the blade, and
about three times its thickness.

[Illustration: Figs. 149 and 150.]

To be perfect in construction, a tee-square should be as light as is
consistent with its necessary strength and stiffness of parts; it should
be made of suitable material easily manufactured, put together, and
repaired, and withal as truly correct as is possible to be made. Such a
square is represented in fig. 148; it has a taper blade, which is
generally about double the width where secured to the stock as it is at
the end.

[Illustration: Figs. 151 and 152.]

The manner in which the stock is united to the blade determines its
adaptability or otherwise to the use made of it; in some the stock is
rectangular in section, and the blade mortised into it; in others the
blade is dovetailed and let into the stock for the whole of its
thickness.


ADJUSTABLE BLADED SQUARE.

In cases where many parallel lines have to be drawn, of lengths beyond
the capabilities of ordinary set-squares, and in directions other than
square with or parallel to the working edge of the drawing board it is
convenient to have for use an _adjustable_ bladed tee-square, or one
whose blade can be set at any desired angle. The blade of such a square
should be tapered as in illustration, but shaped at its wide end as
shown, and having a stock wide enough to allow for the surface required
in the washers of the fittings necessary to make the blade adjustable.
These fittings, though requiring to be well made and neatly finished,
are not expensive or difficult to make, as they consist merely of two
washers, a square-necked bolt, and a fly nut.

The tee-square, as shown, has four parts: 1, blade; 2, fixed head; 3,
shifting head; 4, swivel. The head is held firmly by the left hand to
the left edge of the drawing board, and the blade serves as a
straight-edge for horizontal lines that may extend the whole length of
the paper. It can be used for either horizontal, or, by reversing to the
bottom of the board, for vertical lines; and, by turning it over, so
that the shifting head is against the edge of the drawing board instead
of the fixed head, lines at different angles may be drawn. The length of
the blade should be the length of the drawing board; if it is shorter,
inconvenience will be experienced when lines the whole length of the
board are wanted.


TRIANGLES, OR SET-SQUARES.

Set-squares are invariably used in connection with the tee-square, as
shown in fig. 148. The illustrations below show several patterns of the
device; by these, vertical lines, triangles, squares and hexagonal,
octagonal and twelve-sided figures, diagonal section lines, etc., can be
easily drawn. For ordinary purposes, a triangle or set-square with
angles of 45° may be 4 inches long and the other 8 inches in length, but
a six-inch set-square having angles 90°, 45° and 45°, and an eight-inch
one having angles of 90°, 60° and 30°, will be found sufficient for all
purposes; there are other triangles used specially for making letters.

[Illustration: Fig. 153.--Fig. 154.--Fig. 155.--Fig. 156.]

In practice the triangles or set-squares are slid along the edge of the
blade, and need not be any thicker than it.


PARALLEL RULE.

[Illustration: Fig. 157.]

This instrument is used to mark lines which are neither horizontal nor
vertical (usually these are drawn by the square and set-square), and
which are parallel to one another; by adjusting the edge of the parallel
ruler to a line, it can be extended or opened out (or vice-versa
closed), and the line or lines drawn will be parallel or equally distant
from the base or first line it was set by. See fig. 157.

Fig. 158 is a parallel ruler, constructed with two rollers fixed on a
rod so that they move the same distance, carrying the ruler parallel to
the starting line.

[Illustration: Fig. 158.]

  NOTE.--It has been said that “a workman may be known by his tools,”
  but the statement must be taken with a good deal of allowance. Some
  workmen may possess a very fine set of tools and never use them,
  because they have not the ability or inclination to learn how;
  especially is this the case with drawing instruments.

  If all the fine sets of drawing instruments that are owned by workmen
  were put to frequent use the owners would find a marked improvement in
  their abilities in other lines as well as drawing; for it is a
  noticeable fact that when a person’s mind has been trained in a
  business that requires close calculation and a knowledge of materials,
  he is capable of showing good qualifications in other lines, and the
  more skilled he is in one the easier can he acquire skillfulness in
  another, if he applies the same amount of energy, thought and interest
  as he did to acquire skill in the first.


SECTION LINER.

Fig. 159 shows an improved section liner which can be adjusted to any
angle, and will space the parallel lines at any desired regular
distance.

[Illustration: Fig. 159.]


IRREGULAR CURVE OR SCROLL.

Irregular curves, or, as they are sometimes termed, sweeps, represented
by figs. 160-166, are used for curves that cannot be put in by the other
instruments. They are very useful when elliptical or parabolic curves
are desired, in preference to circles or arcs of a circle. They are much
used in design and architectural drawing. They are made of thin hardwood
or rubber, and sometimes of horn.

[Illustration: Figs. 160-166.]

[Illustration: Fig. 167.]

[Illustration: Fig. 168.]

Curves are irregular lines; a circle is a regular line. If a curve is to
be passed through a number of predetermined points it should be first
sketched in lightly, free-hand; a section of the scroll is then applied
to the curve so as to embrace as many points as possible; only the
central points of those thus embraced should be inked in; this process
is continued until the desired curve is completed.

Curves are made of various material, pearwood, cardboard, xylonite, hard
rubber, and a strip of soft lead is sometimes used, which may be easily
adjusted to the curve required.

The curves generally used in mechanical drawing are shown on previous
page.

Fig. 208, page 134, is a logarithmic _spiral_ curve. It is
mathematically constructed and contains every curve within the limit of
its size.


ELLIPSES.

An ellipse is a geometrical figure, and can be drawn as described in
geometrical problem 29, page 96; many drawing offices keep sets of hard
rubber ellipses, to economize time constructing them.

[Illustration: Fig. 169.]

[Illustration: Fig. 170.]


DRAWING PENCILS.

These are instruments for marking, drawing or writing, formed of
graphite, colored chalk or materials of similar properties, and having a
tapering end, inclosed, generally, in a cylinder of softwood. Fig. 167
represents a ruling pencil; its point is a parallelogram or of a wedge
shape. In ruling, the length view rests against the square; its shape
gives considerable strength to the lead and allows the making of a very
fine line. Fig. 168 differs in the point of the pencil shown, as may be
observed in the illustration.

A pencil that is hard is best for mechanical drawing; one that will
retain a good point for some considerable time. Pencil lines should be
made as light as possible; the presence of lead on the surface of the
paper tends to prevent the ink passing to the paper, and in rubbing out
pencil lines the ink is reduced in blackness, and the surface of paper
is roughened, which is a disadvantage. As little erasing or rubbing out
as possible should be done.


DIVIDERS AND COMPASSES.

These instruments, while they appear alike, have a separate use: the
dividers are used to space off distances and dimensions; especially are
they necessary in reading drawings made to scale. _Compasses_ are used
for describing circles, curves, etc., _dividers_ are used for marking
out spaces.

Two forms of the dividers are shown in figs. 169 and 170; the simplest,
plainest form is shown in fig. 169; these are used for rough spacings;
fig. 170 represents a pair of dividers fitted with an adjustable screw
controlled by a steel spring in one leg; by this a very exact
measurement can be made. Fig. 170 is intended to exhibit what is called
a “hair-spring divider.”


PROPORTIONAL DIVIDERS.

These dividers differ from the ordinary ones shown in figs. 169 and 170
in that they are provided with four steel points, one pair of which
being set to the full dimension will be reproduced by the other pair,
but in a smaller, or reduced size.

Fig. 171 are “bisecting” dividers, being proportional dividers, which,
when open, one end measures double the distance of the other.

Fig. 172 are proportional dividers; the points at one end are capable of
being changed, to measure practically any desired proportion at the
other end, by altering the position of the pivot where the legs cross
one another. The lower connecting link is a micrometer adjustment, for
minute measurements.

Fig. 173 are proportional dividers which are marked for the proportions
of lines and radii of circles, being provided with a rack movement for
adjustment.

Fig. 174 represents three-leg dividers, used for taking the position of
three points; this instrument is very useful in finding the position of
a point in a figure.

[Illustration: Fig. 171.--Fig. 172.--Fig. 173.--Fig. 174.]

[Illustration: Fig. 175.--Fig. 176.--Fig. 177.--Fig. 178.--Fig. 179.]


COMPASSES.

Compasses consist of two pointed legs; they are instruments for
describing circles or for--sometimes--measuring figures, in absence of
dividers. Fig. 175 represents compasses fitted as dividers.

Compasses should have jointed legs, which will allow the points to be
placed at right angles to the paper, whatever the size of the circle to
be drawn. Compasses should not be used for circles which are too large
to allow the points to be thus placed; a lengthening bar is generally
provided, which greatly increases the diameters of circles which may be
drawn by this attachment; it is shown in fig. 176.

One leg of the compasses is usually provided with a socket to which are
fitted three points: a divider point, fig. 179; a pencil point, fig.
177; and a point, fig. 178, carrying a special pen for the inking of
circles. Each of these points is generally provided with a joint, so
that it may be placed at right angles to the paper.

The other leg should be jointed; it is often provided with a socket
which receives two points, one a divider point, and the other carrying a
needle point. Such an instrument may be used as dividers for spacing, or
as compasses for penciling or inking circles.

The joint at the head of the compasses (see fig. 175) is the most
important feature. It should hold the legs firmly in any position, so
that in going over a circle several times only one line will result. It
should allow the legs to move smoothly and evenly, and should be capable
of adjustment.

[Illustration: Fig. 180.--Fig. 181.--Fig. 182.--Fig. 183.--Fig. 184.]

As shown in fig. 174, one leg has a hinge or joint, and a needle point,
which can be regulated by a thumb screw; the other leg has a socket or
recess into which interchangeable parts can be inserted. The four
figures to the right of the compasses show the parts which are provided
with shanks or insertion pieces. Fig. 180 and fig. 181 represent
compasses specially used for making small circles, and work too minute
for the larger instruments described above.

To do work of this nature easily a pair of spring dividers are
frequently used. This instrument has one point attached to a spring,
which is regulated by a screw, so that very slight changes in the space
may be made with ease.

Compasses specially used for putting in fine circles and dimensions are
called “bows.” When a pen point it is a “bow pen,” with a pencil point a
“bow pencil,” and if with needle point a “bow dividers.” Fig. 180 is a
“bow dividers”, this fitted with screw for fine adjustment in one leg,
fig. 181, is called a “hair-spring bow dividers”; for small details,
bows with steel spring legs without any joint are used; these are called
“steel-spring bows.”

[Illustration: Fig. 185.--Fig. 186.--Fig. 187.]


SPRING BOWS.

These were originally developed from the common form of compasses, with
a single spring leg; later, the demand for smaller sizes made changes
necessary, and spring bows are now made symmetrical, both sides of the
bow being made to “spring.”

Fig. 182 are spring dividers.

Fig. 183 is a spring pencil.

Fig. 184 is a spring pen.

In these figures it will be seen that the two threads, a right and a
left, are moved with one central thumbscrew; in the figs. 185 to 187 a
single screw is used.

In choosing spring bows, care must be exercised to select a sufficiently
strong, stiff spring, as the relation between spring pressure and
thumbscrew is important.


BEAM COMPASSES AND TRAMMELS.

In fig. 188 is shown a set of beam compasses, together with a portion of
the wooden rod or beam on which they are used.

[Illustration: Fig. 188.]

The latter, as will be seen by the section drawn to one side, _A_, is in
the shape of a T. This form has considerable strength and rigidity. Beam
compasses are provided with extra points for pencil or ink work, as
shown.

While the general adjustment is effected by means of the clamp against
the wood, minute variations are made by the screw, _B_, shifting one of
the points, as shown in the figure.

This instrument is quite delicate, and, when in good order, is very
accurate. It should be used only for fine work on paper, and never for
scribing on metal.

[Illustration: Fig. 189.]

A coarser instrument, and one especially designed for use upon metal, is
shown in fig. 189, and is called a trammel. There are various forms of
this instrument, all being the same in principle. The engraving shows a
form in common use. A heavier stick is used with it than with the beam
compasses, and no other adjustment is provided than that which is
afforded by clamping against the stick.

In the illustration, a carrier at the side is shown, in which a pencil
may be placed. Some trammels are arranged in such a manner, that either
of the points may be detached and a pencil substituted.

A trammel, by careful arrangement, can be made to describe very accurate
curves, and hence can be used in place of the beam compasses in many
instances. For all coarse work it is to be preferred to beam compasses.
It is useful for all short sweeps upon sheets of metal, but for curves
of a very long radius a strip of sheet iron or a piece of wire will be
found of a more practical service than even this tool.

The length of rods for both beam compasses and tramels, up to certain
limits, is determined by the nature of the work to be done. The extreme
length is determined by the strength and rigidity of the rod itself. It
is usually convenient to have two rods for each instrument, one about
1¹⁄₂ or 2 feet in length and the other considerably longer--as long as
the strength of the material will admit.


DRAWING SCALES.

Scales are proportioned rules or mathematical instruments of wood,
metal, etc., on which are marked lines and figures for the purpose of
measuring sizes and distances. It is usual to make scales in the
proportion of parts of an inch equalling a foot; the most generally
adopted scale for machine drawing is one and a half inches, equalling
one foot; that is, twelve-eighths of an inch (each eighth of an inch
representing one inch); there is no fixed rule in the choice of a scale,
as they are varied according to the coarseness or fineness of the parts
of the machine to be drawn and the space or surface of paper to be
utilized.

When objects are of moderate proportions they may be represented full
size; but when large, the drawings must be smaller. Standard scales for
mechanical drawings are ¹⁄₂, ¹⁄₄, ¹⁄₈ and ¹⁄₁₆ full size. These scales
are often written 6″ = 1 ft.; 3″ = 1 ft.; 1¹⁄₂″ = 1 ft., and ³⁄₄″ = 1
ft.

[Illustration: Fig. 190.]

[Illustration: Fig. 191.]

Instead of selecting one of the scales named or one found upon the
ordinary scales used by draughtsmen, drawings may be made to any scale
whatever. Thus, if any object is to be represented in a certain space, a
scale should be constructed which will cause the whole of the object to
be shown.

Drawing to Scale.--The meaning of this is, that the drawing when done
bears a definite proportion to the full size of the particular part, or,
in other words, is precisely the same as it would appear if viewed
through a diminishing glass.

The two-foot rule shown in fig. 192 is the most useful instrument for
the comparison of linear dimensions--it can be used as a scale of
one-twelfth, or 1 inch equal to a foot, 12 inches = 12 feet, it being
divided into portions or spaces, each of which is subdivided into
halves, quarters, eighths and sixteenths; frequently in the latter class
of two-foot rules there are graduations of scales, and it is then also
called a draughting scale.

Fig. 190 represents a flat scale, graded so that one inch represents a
foot--¹⁄₁₂th size--etc., as shown.

Fig. 191 represents a triangular scale (broken). The triangular scale
should read on its different edges as follows: Three inches and 1¹⁄₂″ to
one foot, 1″ and ¹⁄₂″ to one foot, ³⁄₄″ and ³⁄₈″ to one foot, ¹⁄₄″ and
¹⁄₈″ to one foot, ³⁄₁₆″ and ³⁄₃₂″ to one foot, and one edge read
sixteenths the whole 12″ of its length.

Fig. 190 shows such a scale broken. An explanation of the 1″ and ¹⁄₂″
side will suffice for all. Where it is used as a scale of 1″ to one
foot, each large space, as from 0 to 12 or 0 to 1, represents a foot,
and is a foot at that scale. There being 12″ in one foot, the twelve
long divisions at the left represent inches; each inch is divided into
two equal parts, so from 0 to one division at the left of 9 is 9¹⁄₂″ and
so on. The 1″ and ¹⁄₂″ scales being at opposite ends of the same edge,
it is obvious that one foot on the 1″ scale is equal to two feet on the
¹⁄₂″ scale, and conversely, one foot on the ¹⁄₂″ scale is equal to six
inches on the 1″ scale; and 1″ being equal to one foot, the total feet
in length of scale will be 12; at ¹⁄₂″ to 1 foot the total feet will be
24.

In working to regular scales, such as ¹⁄₂, ¹⁄₈, or ¹⁄₁₆ size, a good
plan is to use a common rule, instead of a graduated scale. There is
nothing more convenient for a mechanical draughtsman than to be able to
readily resolve dimensions into various scales, and the use of a common
rule for fractional scales trains the mind, so that computations come
naturally, and after a time almost without effort.

The protractor shown in fig. 193 is an instrument for laying down and
measuring angles on paper; it is used in connecting with a scale to
define the inclination of one line to another.

Protractors have the degrees of a half circle marked upon them; as the
whole circle contains 360 degrees, half of it will contain 180,
one-quarter 90, etc. Hence, protractors showing 180° exhibit all that is
needed. To protract means to extend, so this instrument is also useful
in “extending” the lines of inclination at the circle.

[Illustration: Fig. 192.]

[Illustration: Fig. 193.]


DRAWING-PENS.

A special pen called a drawing-pen, and also special ink, are required
to ink a drawing; figs. 194 and 195 represent two sizes of
drawing-pens--one being best adapted for fine work, and the other for
coarse or heavy line work. The points, as will be observed in the
illustration, are made of two steel blades which open and close as
required for thickness of lines by a regulating screw.

[Illustration: Fig. 194.]

[Illustration: Fig. 195.]

A good drawing pen should be made of properly tempered steel, neither
too soft nor hardened to brittleness. The nibs should be accurately set,
both of the same length, and both equally firm when in contact with the
drawing paper. The points should be so shaped that they are fine enough
to admit of absolute control of the contact of the pen in starting and
ending lines, but otherwise as broad and rounded as possible, in order
to hold a convenient quantity of ink without dropping it. The lower
(under) blade should be sufficiently firm to prevent the closing of the
blades of the pen, when using the pen against a straightedge.

[Illustration: Fig. 196.]

[Illustration: Fig. 197.]

The spring of the pen, which separates the two blades, should be strong
enough to hold the upper blade in its position, but not so strong that
it would interfere with easy adjustment by the thumbscrew. The thread of
the thumbscrew must be deeply and evenly cut so as not to strip.

An important requisite after the pencil lines have been put in is ink,
with which to line the drawing. This should be of the best that can be
procured. The pen is filled by dropping the ink between the blades, or
nibs, while held in a nearly vertical position, as shown in fig. 196.

Liquid India ink can be procured in bottles with glass tube feeders,
which are very good, and keep the hands and fingers free of the ink.
Fig. 197 is a sectional view of such a bottle and “filler,” or feeder.
This generally answers all requirements, but the dry ink of good
quality, in sticks or bars, cannot be surpassed, although it requires
skill for its preparation. Fig. 198 represents a sloping dish or “tile”
for mixing, which should be done with little pressure, in clean,
filtered or distilled water, care being taken to keep the liquid free of
dust, which obstructs the free flow of the ink in the pens.

[Illustration: Fig. 198.]

The bars of India ink are shown, as they are imported, in figs. 199 to
202.

Pure India or China ink is only made in those countries, because the
special wood from which it is prepared is found only in those regions.
So-called India inks, made of lampblack and animal glue, are only
imitations; therefore India ink should be purchased from a reliable
importing house--shape is little guarantee of quality.

[Illustration: Fig. 199.--Fig. 200.--Fig. 201.--Fig. 202.]

[Illustration: Fig. 203.]

Soft gray vulcanized rubber (fig. 203) should be used for cleaning
drawing paper; for erasing any portion of a line in pencil, a piece of
prepared white vulcanized rubber is the best, small in size and of
rectangular shape (see fig. 205).

[Illustration: Fig. 204.]

[Illustration: Fig. 205.]

[Illustration: Fig. 206.]

[Illustration: Fig. 207.]

An ink eraser is made of a composition of rubber and ground glass, and
it should be used as sparingly as possible on drawings, as it roughens
the paper and removes the gloss from its surface (see fig. 204). Steel
ink erasers are useful in removing defects, overrun lines, joint of
lines if swollen, etc.; they have a fine point and can be used to
advantage with a little practice; they are used with a scratching, not a
cutting, motion (see figs. 206, 207).


DRAWING PAPER.

The first thing to be considered in selecting drawing paper is the kind
most suitable for the proposed plan. Paper may be purchased in sheets 22
× 30 inches, that make four exercise sheets 11 × 15 inches; this may be
of several grades and tints.

The qualities that constitute good paper are strength, uniformity of
thickness and surface, neither repelling nor absorbing liquids,
admitting of considerable erasing without destroying the surface, not
becoming brittle nor discolored by reasonable exposure or age, and not
buckling when stretched, or when ink or color is applied.

The sizes and names of paper made in sheets is as follows:

  Cap              13×17 ins.
  Demy             15×20  „
  Medium           17×22  „
  Royal            19×24  „
  Super Royal      19×27  „
  Imperial         22×30  „
  Atlas            26×34  „
  Double Elephant  27×40  „
  Antiquarian      30×53  „

For large drawings paper is made in rolls. “Detail paper” is especially
made for marking out new designs; it is made in rolls 36, 42 and 54
inches wide; it has excellent erasing qualities and takes ink and color
with facility.

When working by artificial light it is desirable that the paper be of a
light-brown color, which is less trying to the eyes than a pure white.

If it is a shop drawing or sketch not to be preserved, use detail paper,
which is the most economical and will stand a great deal of handling
without becoming soiled. If it is a detailed plan, finished drawing or a
picture, use the best white drawing paper to be obtained, so that your
drawings can be preserved indefinitely without danger of fading, which
is due either to the paper being poorly made and discoloring with age,
or being of poor fiber and absorbing the ink or color, and the drawing
consequently losing its brightness.

After deciding on the size of paper most suitable for the work, then
carefully select the paper embracing the most qualities of value for the
proposed drawing.

[Illustration: Fig. 208.]


[Illustration: MECHANICAL DRAWING]

[Illustration: Fig. 209.]




Mechanical Drawing.


In distinction to “free-hand,” mechanical drawing is executed almost
entirely by the use of the instruments previously described; hence its
other term, instrumental drawing. To define it particularly it may be
said that,--

Mechanical drawing is the correct reproduction of any figure or part of
a machine, whether of full size or reduced in the proportion of one part
to another; it also comprises the art of delineating the interior parts
which are hidden from view in solid bodies.

A mechanical drawing is the vehicle for conveying the ideas of the
designer to those who are to embody them in wood and metal, and the
considerations which should govern its production are those which affect
its clearness and legibility or those which facilitate reference to it.

Drawings consist of plans, elevations and sections; plans being views on
the top of the object in a horizontal plane; elevations, views on the
sides of the object in vertical planes; and sections, views taken on
bisecting planes, at any angle through an object.

Drawings in true elevation or in section are based upon flat planes, and
given dimensions parallel to the planes in which the views are taken.

Two elevations taken at right angles to each other fix all points, and
give all dimensions of parts that have their axis parallel to the planes
on which the views are taken; but when a machine is complex, or when
several parts lie in the same plane, three and sometimes four views are
required to display all the parts in a comprehensive manner.

A man must have either a natural talent for hand-drawing or years of
experience, before he can produce a sketch and “dimension” it, fit to
work from; hence the elementary character of the examples given for
practice. A “pretty” drawing is not expected from a beginner; it should
always be borne in mind, that correctness of dimensions and general
clearness, rather than elaborate finish, are what will save the battle
in the days of competition.

Mechanical drawings should be made with reference to all the processes
that are required in the construction of the work, and the drawings
should be responsible, not only for dimensions, but for adaptation to
fitting, forging, pattern-making, moulding, and so on.

Every part laid down should have something to govern it that may be
termed a “base”--some position which, if understood, will suggest size,
shape and relation to other parts. Searching after a base for each and
every part and detail, the draughtsman should proceed upon a regular
system, continually maintaining a test of what is done.

A mechanical drawing consists chiefly of three views:

  1. The plan or top view.
      2. The side elevation.
          3. The end elevation.

In addition to the above, drawings are used to show interior portions of
the figure; these are termed “sections,” and they may be taken where any
plane crosses another.

  NOTE.--The word _elevation_, as applied to mechanical drawings, means
  simply a view; hence a side elevation is a side view, or an end
  elevation is an end view.

  The word _plan_ is employed in place of the word top; hence a plan
  view is a top view or a view looking down upon the top of the piece.

  A _general_ view means a view showing the machine put together or
  assembled, while a detail drawing is one containing a detail, as a
  part of the machine or a single piece disconnected from the other
  parts of the whole machine.




Penciling.


[Illustration: Fig. 211.]

  It is very nearly true, as has been said, that every mechanical
  drawing is, in the first instance, penciled; if this is so, then more
  work is done with the pencil than with the pen; therefore the first
  attention of the student of mechanical drawing should be directed to
  the following instructions for penciling a drawing.

  With all necessary materials in hand, and in good order for the
  beginning of a drawing, the first thing to do is to pin the paper on
  the board quite square.

  To do this effectively, lay the paper flat and put on the T-square
  with its head at the left side of the board; slide the square up
  nearly to the top, and arrange the paper level with the blade; with
  the right hand hold the paper still and move the square down a little;
  now, pin the top of the paper with thumb-tacks.

Next, pressing the square lightly to the paper, slide it down to the
bottom and pin that part of the paper to the board. The paper must not
project outside or over the edges of the board, and the pins or
tack-heads should be forced down flush with the paper, so as not to
interfere with the free movement of the tee-square up and down the board
as occasion may require.

The accuracy of the work depending upon their condition, it is first
needful to see that the pencil and pencil compasses are properly
sharpened. Reference is made to valuable directions contained on pages
beginning with 55, under the heading of “Free-hand Drawing,” to which
may be added that--

All lines should be drawn with the pencil slightly inclined in the
direction in which it is moved.

Any and all lines not needed in the finished drawing should be erased at
one time after the final lines have been determined, for the surface of
the paper is soiled very quickly when worked upon after erasures have
been made.

The working lines and other lines that are to be removed should be
erased when the drawing is ready to finish and before its outlines have
been strengthened, in order that the final lines may be left in perfect
condition.

To show where the lines meet or terminate it is needful that all pencil
lines pass the actual ending place, making a distinct intersection. This
does not apply to “inking in” the lines, but rather to prevent the
over-drawing of the ink lines, because the edge of the rule and the pen
itself obstruct or partly cover the view of the line, it is very liable
to pass over or beyond the required point in inking the lines, which
must not occur.

In the preliminary operation of producing a regular mechanical or
instrumental drawing, it is necessary to make a “sketch,” in pencil, of
the object to be represented. The AMERICAN MACHINIST has given in a few
words the order to be followed, in effecting the best results; we quote,
as follows:

“In making a free-hand sketch of an object from the model it is well to
observe the following order: Look the model over carefully and determine
the number of views necessary to illustrate it fully, drawing the same,
free-hand, in their proper relation to each other, on sketching paper.
Look the sketch over carefully to see that nothing has been omitted, and
put on dimension lines, after which scale the model carefully and put on
dimensions. Do not put in the dimensions at the same time the dimension
lines are drawn; have all the dimension lines in place before attempting
to insert dimensions.

“Follow the same order in making the drawing with instruments as was
used in making the sketch; that is, draw the views in their proper
relation to each other, put in dimension lines, then dimensions, and
lastly notes and title. If section drawing is made, do not draw section
lines in pencil.”


POINTS TO BE OBSERVED IN SKETCHING.

1. Especial attention is to be paid to outlines--edges of plane surfaces
are lines; when a line is made it represents the edge or outside of
something.

2. Learn to be accurate before being rapid.

3. A sketch should be intelligible to any one, even if they are
unacquainted with drawing.

4. Horizontal and vertical lines and a few curves will enable one to
make almost any simple sketch.

5. It must be also remembered in making drawings from actual measurement
that the instruments are not in the first place employed; the rough
sketch is first made and then it is converted into a drawing. The
draughtsman makes a rough sketch entirely by the hand and eye, measures
the various parts, and jots down the measurements in his sketch; after
this he reduces the whole to the desired scale, and proceeds to make his
mechanical drawing.

6. Let the sketch book be the constant companion of the student; it may
be advantageously filled with outlines of machine or other work suitable
for preservation, to be made into finished drawings, or for reference.
Sketches are often valuable for reference as aids in originating new
designs.

7. A sketch, when possible, should have all the dimensions written upon
it, but--

8. Sketches in shop practice should not take the place of
working-drawings; the latter have a check upon them in being drawn to a
scale--hence the figures written upon them and dimensions by scale must
agree.

9. Place title and date on each sketch--no matter how seemingly
unimportant--for future reference.

10. Practice sketching at every favorable opportunity. There is no
necessity for detail at first--simply the outlines of the article and
its parts.

11. Sketch-books, with paper bound in cloth covers, are utilized for
bold, off-hand sketches by experienced draughtsmen, but a single sheet
of paper, used on both sides, is not unworthy of service in an
emergency--or even the blank side of a letter may be available.
Sketching-blocks, or paper “pads,” 4 × 6, or more, in size, and
containing 48 sheets, are sold by stationers, and are found to be most
convenient to have in hand and for practical use. Portfolio-envelopes,
made of extra length paper (manila) are useful in filing away sketches
and drawings. The size 10¹⁄₂ × 15 is used for United States Patent
Office drawings.

The function of the pencil--in mechanical drawing--is to make a path for
the pen to follow. If it were possible to make a drawing with all its
lines ending at the proper place, at the first time, there would be no
necessity for using the pencil. One is obliged, however, so to use the
pencil that all lines pass beyond the actual ending place, thus making a
distinct point for the drawing pen to stop at.

The pencil should be pressed to the paper just enough to make a clean,
fine line, and no more; once over the path is sufficient, if the line is
visible and true.

To sharpen drawing pencils, 1, use a fine file, after taking off enough
of the wood with a knife; 2, make a conical point for the free-hand
drawing pencils and a chisel point for ruling and marking distances.

Pencil compasses are instruments where one leg is provided with a pencil
point. Fig. 209 shows the mode of manipulation of those shown in fig.
180 and fig. 181.

The pencil compass is held by the projection above the joint between the
thumb and first finger, which enables it to be rotated by a movement of
the finger without causing any undue pressure on the points. Should much
pressure be applied, there is a tendency to force the point or center
through the paper, making an ugly center mark; at the same time the
pressure tends to break off the pencil point.

These few illustrations from fig. 212 to fig. 219 are made designedly
simple, so that they may be utilized in “free-hand” work, for which they
are good practice, as well as serving for examples in mechanical
drawing.

[Illustration: Figs. 212.]

Figs. 212, showing a spool or bobbin, exhibit three views, viz.: front
elevation or plan, and section; both are drawn with simple lines, the
end elevation by circles.

[Illustration: Fig. 213.--Fig. 214.]

Figs. 213 and 214 are two side views of a hexagon head bolt. Figs. 216
and 217 are a square head bolt--two side views and end view. Figs. 218
and 219 are a front and edge view of a forked or double joint.

[Illustration: Figs. 215.]

Figs. 215 show three views of a file handle; the front view and section
are practice for compound curves and curved lines meeting straight ones;
all these are capable of being produced by instruments.

Moreover, many of the views and illustrations used to instruct and
explain machine tools and other devices in other parts of the volume,
are drawn so that they may be used also as examples in advanced
instrumental practice. This is a “hint” to the diligent and painstaking
student worthy of remembering.

[Illustration: Fig. 216.--Fig. 217.--Fig. 218.--Fig. 219.]

The designing and drawing of arcs and whole circles occupy a large
proportion of space in nearly all mechanical drawings. The making of a
complete circle is a matter of no great difficulty, but the beginning
and termination of parts of circles require both judgment and
considerable practice.

To aid the student these two illustrations of circles are introduced. To
draw fig. 220 with a pencil, using the upper edge of the blade of the
T-square as a guide, draw a center line, _A B_, mark on it a distance of
4 inches, space this into half inches, using the dividers and making the
points with it; then with the pencil compasses or bow pencil, which must
be held as shown on page 209, and rotated from left to right, or
clockwise, draw a series of circles through these points, tangent to one
another or all touching at _A_, care being taken that the pencil lines
exactly meet at _A_, and also cut the divided points as shown in the
illustration. For fig. 221 divide the center line as before, and draw
the semi-circles on it _A B_, _B C_, meeting at _B_, and _C D_, _D E_,
etc.

[Illustration: Fig. 220.]

[Illustration: Fig. 221.]

Now from center _B_ draw circles _A C_, _C E_, meeting in _C_, and so on
with the circles, arcs or segments; success in drawing this figure
depends on the correct spacing of the center line in the first instance
into equal parts.

The T-square should be used for drawing horizontal lines only. Its head
should always be placed upon the left edge of the board. Vertical lines
should be drawn by the use of a triangle placed upon the T-square and
not by means of the T-square only; because the edges of a board are
seldom at right angles to each other, and the blade of the T-square is
often not at right angles to the head, so that lines at right angles to
each other will not result from the use of the T-square upon all edges
of the board. Only the upper edge of the T-square should be used, as the
edges are often not quite straight or parallel.

The 45° triangle has two angles of 45° and one of 90°. The 30° and 60°
triangle has an angle of 30°, one of 60°, and one of 90°. By placing
these triangles upon the T-square, lines at any of these angles with a
vertical or horizontal line may be drawn.

Drawings finished in ink are much more effective and desirable than
pencil drawings; but as a good inked drawing cannot be made except upon
an accurate pencil drawing, students should begin with the pencil, and
should not use ink until they are able to produce satisfactory results
in pencil.




Projection.


  The word projection means to throw forward, and in ordinary machine
  drawing it is the projecting or throwing forward of one view from
  another view.

  In drawings the lines in one view or plan may be availed of to find
  those of others of the same object, and also to find their shape or
  curvature as they would appear in the other representations; this is
  called projection-drawing.

Fig. 222 is the illustration as shown in fig. 212 on page 143, with the
addition of dotted projection line, which illustrates the method of
throwing forward the section and the end view of the object; these two
views are procured from the plan or first figure, as shown in fig. 222.

Fig. 224 represents the square bolt and nut shown in fig. 216, and the
mode of projecting is similarly shown by dotted lines.

Fig. 223 shows file handle shown in fig. 215 and the mode of projecting.

[Illustration: Fig. 222.]

[Illustration: Fig. 223.]

[Illustration: Fig. 224.]

The principles upon which “projection” in drawing is based, are
illustrated in the following examples and text: As a real object can be
scaled with a foot rule, so a drawing must permit of scaling and
measuring. This measuring may take place as with the real object in full
size or the drawing may, for the sake of convenience, be reproduced and
measured in a reduced scale, as half, or in still smaller sizes.
Sometimes it may prove convenient to enlarge the drawing to twice the
natural size of the object, as a means of making it stand out more
clearly than the real size would accomplish.

For practical purposes, it is productive of economy of time to mark the
dimensions of height and width or depth on the drawing in figures, to
avoid the scaling. This marking of the dimensions is best done at the
time of making the drawing, while the conception of the object is clear.

To convey a correct impression of the object, all lines that are marked
to be of equal length should appear equally long on the drawing and be
capable of being scaled to such equal length; for this, it must be
assumed that the eye of the observer is equally distant from all points
of a plane through the nearest point, or one of the axes of the object,
and that the lines of sight are all parallel to each other and square to
this plane.

In fig. 225 these lines of sight are seen as directed toward one side of
a cube or block; it will be readily understood, however, that in this
way nothing is visible and accessible for scaling and dimensioning
except this front face of the block, thus, a determination of the
dimensions of only height and width would be possible, while the
dimension of depth is entirely undetermined.

[Illustration: Fig. 225.]

It is thus necessary to get a view of the block from another side; the
direction in which it will be most instructive to obtain additional
views is in the direction of the breadth and of the length and square to
the lines of sight of the first view.

Fig. 226 shows how the lines of sight would strike the object in the
three directions. If these lines should be rays of light, some of them
would pass by the body until they squarely strike the large plane
surfaces, _I_, _II_, _III_; naturally the rays of light on the faces of
the object will be retained, and cannot strike the plane surfaces, thus
leaving dark shadows of exactly the same outlines as the block; these
would be exact drawings of the faces, and if by some means they can be
fixed and retained on the plane they can be completely measured and
dimensioned.

This throwing forward of the outline of the object in different views on
the planes is called projection of the object, and furnishes a highly
important means of fixing the outlines and dimensions in the three main
directions of height, width and depth; evidently, the light rays passing
by the front face may not all reach the plane of projection, but they
may be retained by protruding parts of the object behind the front face.
These protruding parts naturally would also be projected on the plane in
the same manner as the main body of the block.

These projections of the protruding part are plainly visible in plane
_II_ and plane _III_, while the part would not be drawn in outline in
plane _I_. It may be imagined, however, that the greater thickness of
the body in the direction of the protruding part would intensify also
the shadow, thus outlining the face of the protruding part in plane _I_.

It is apparent that these three projections are all needed, but as
drawing is all done in one single plane, the three projections will for
the sake of convenience have to be brought into a single plane. This can
be realized if plane _II_ is swung around axis _O Z_ and plane _III_
around axis _O Y_, until all three surfaces are in one single plane,
which would then appear as shown in fig. 227.

It is also possible to assume transparent planes in front of the body
and extend the parallel lines of sight forward instead of backward. Thus
an outline picture will be created on each of the three planes _I_,
_II_, _III_ in fig. 228, in a manner similar to fig. 226. For drawing
purposes, all three views again have to be brought into a single plane,
which is done by swinging _II_ around _O Z_, and _III_ around _O Y_ in
the same manner as fig. 227 was evolved from fig. 226.

It will be noted that in fig. 229 plane _III_ is now above _I_ and plane
_II_ on the left-hand side of _I_, while in fig. 227 they were below and
at the right-hand side of plane _I_. As the swinging of the top and side
planes takes place around the edges of the front plane _I_ two systems
may thus be distinguished, according to the position of plane _I_ in
regard to the object. Fig. 226 thus represents the system of backward
projection, while fig. 228 represents the system of forward projection.

Either system can have, however, the plane _II_ at the right- or
left-hand side edge, while plane _III_ may be attached to the top or
bottom edge of plane _I_; it is readily understood that a number of
combinations are possible for each system, as it is not necessary to
adhere absolutely to one rule. The system of forward projection is the
one generally practiced and further examples are all executed by this
system, meaning that the planes are always between the observer and the
object.

[Illustration: Fig. 226.]

[Illustration: Fig. 227.]

[Illustration: Fig. 228.]

For the clearness of the drawing, it is desirable to have all corners,
edges and outlines appear in such solid lines as they appear to the eye.
If, therefore, certain sharply defined outlines occur on one side more
than on the opposite one, it is most desirable to take the view against
the side that has the most definitely marked outlines.

If the opposite side should show a number of wholly different features,
it may prove even desirable to show this side also, thus gaining four
views instead of the usual three, and so obtain a more complete
understanding of the shape of the object, besides giving increased
facilities for dimensioning each part of the body.

This additional view may be taken from the sides, as well as up or down,
thus making a maximum of five views possible by which the outside of the
object may be delineated.

Fig. 230 shows why it may be desirable to take five views of a block
that has a receding space of different outlines in each of the side and
top and bottom faces.

It is not necessary, however, to resort to five views in such a case as
is represented in fig. 230, as the only differing feature, the circular
space in _III_ bottom, might be shown in _III_ top by dotted lines, and
the difference of _II_ right might be shown in _II_ left, also by dotted
lines. It is desirable to show four or five views only where great
complication and consequent lack of clearness through numerous dotted
lines would result from having a less number of views.

[Illustration: Fig. 229.]

So far the projections and views have only represented the outlines of
the object; it may often be desirable, however, to show central holes or
other perforations or variations of sections; in this case it is
possible to imagine the object cut in slices, by planes, through certain
well defined axes, or other lines of distinctive importance, and then
take a view of this sectional plane with its newly created intersections
or sharply marked outlines; thus, a section may often take the place of
the third, fourth or fifth view to great advantage.

[Illustration: Fig. 230.]

It is not always possible to get a view against a face or side of the
object, but, with irregularly shaped bodies or under special conditions,
it may be necessary to take a view of corners, sloping planes, curved or
irregularly shaped surfaces.

Fig. 231 shows a hexagonal nut in the three normal projections; from the
top view it is readily seen that the front view shows the side of the
hexagon in a contracted scale, and that therefore the scaling and
dimensioning for the horizontal direction have all to be done in the top
or plan view; the front and side views convey, however, the dimension of
height correctly, and these are therefore the right places for scaling
and dimensioning in the vertical direction.

Fig. 231 shows how a cylindrical outline appears in the three views; the
hole in the nut presents itself as circular in the top view, while it
appears in the front and side views as a rectangle. For simple objects,
it is unnecessary to show the edges of the planes, and the three views
are grouped, as regards distances and positions, as most convenient for
the execution of the drawing.

Where sloping surfaces are of irregular form, it may be necessary to
employ help lines for their full determination in the three views. Fig.
232 shows how the surface that is produced by a slanting cut through a
cylinder would appear in the three views. The help lines are placed in
the top view in eight equal divisions around the circumference of the
cylinder. These division lines are shown by dotted lines on the cylinder
in the front and side views. Their intersections, with the sloping cut
in the front view, furnish also the height of the corresponding points
for the side view.

[Illustration: Fig. 231.]

By progressive determination of points, lines and surfaces, even the
most complicated bodies can be completely represented for their
reproduction in any application to mechanical or industrial purposes.

[Illustration: Fig. 232.]

The spur wheel shown on page 163 is an example of projection drawing.

The wheel is illustrated in three views: fig. 235 is a side view, or
elevation; fig. 234 is a front elevation; fig. 233 is a section view on
_C D_. The section is projected from the front elevation by drawing
parallel lines from the points in front elevation where the lines are
intersected by the center line _C D_, cutting the plane of view and
showing the interior shape at _C D_.

The side elevation, fig. 235, is projected from the front elevation,
fig. 234, by drawing parallel lines from the edges in the front view
across its face.

In actual drawing practice the figures should be made about three times
larger than the example, and as follows:

For the front elevation draw the center lines _A B_, _C D_, and from
their point of intersection as a center, with the compasses draw the
inner circle or hole, also the pitch line _E E_. With the dividers space
this line into nineteen equal divisions; each point on this line will be
the center of a tooth, and the distance from one point to the next one
is the pitch of the tooth.

Now, with the dividers mark off the thickness of tooth at each side of
these points on pitch line; with the compasses draw the outer circle for
points of teeth, the inner circle for the root of teeth, and circles for
thickness of rim and hub; also circles representing the fillets at rim
and hub. For clearness and to prevent confusion these lines are shown on
one-half the wheel only, terminating in center line _C D_; all the lines
of the front elevation are now complete excepting the teeth.

In the drawing office it is unusual to delineate all the teeth in a gear
wheel, the lines without the teeth as now completed being deemed
sufficient, giving all particulars; however, to prevent the error of
mistaking the circles it is well to represent one or two teeth on the
drawing.

[Illustration: Fig. 233.--Fig. 234.--Fig. 235.]

In the example, proceed and complete the entire wheel, taking on the
compasses a radius equal to the pitch of the tooth; set them on the
pitch line at the point _G_, already spaced for thickness of tooth, draw
line _H_ from pitch line to root of tooth; proceed similarly all around
the circle, completing one side. Next, reverse the operation and draw
the corresponding side of the root of tooth. Now take a radius equal to
half the space between teeth and the thickness of tooth on pitch line,
and, with center in pitch line, as shown at _I_, draw the outside or
addendum of tooth, _J_; it will be apparent that the reverse addendum of
the tooth next adjoining can be formed at the same time, with one
setting of the compasses; finish all the teeth similarly; the front
elevation will thus be completed.

Fig. 233 is an excellent example of sectional drawing, to be executed as
follows:

First draw the center line _L M_ of fig. 233, lay off at each side of it
half the breadth of face and of the hub; now project, from center line
_C D_, in the front elevation, fig. 234, with the T-square the upper and
lower teeth, the fillets, the chamfers, the hub and center hole, also
dot in the pitch line _F F_, take the radii and draw the fillets and
chamfers; draw section lines and the view will appear as shown in fig.
233.

Fig. 235 is a side elevation of fig. 234, and is a fine sample of
projection, to be executed as follows:

Proceed similarly as for fig. 233, projecting the lines from the outside
edges of the front elevation, instead of from the center line _C D_ as
in last figure, and the end elevation will be as shown in fig. 235.

The student will be assisted in understanding this working drawing by
consulting the pages under the heading of “Gearing.”


[Illustration: LETTERING, INKING

SECTION LINING]

[Illustration: Fig. 236.]




“Inking In” Drawings.


When a drawing is completely finished in penciling, it should next be
“inked in” for preservation.

Care should be used that the pen may be perfectly clean; the pen should
be held nearly vertical, leaning just enough to prevent it from catching
on the paper; the pen should be held between the thumb and first and
second fingers, the knuckles being bent, so that it may be at right
angles with the length of the hand.

The ink should be rubbed up fresh whenever it is about to be used, for
it is better to waste a little time in preparing ink slowly than to be
at a continual trouble with pens, which will occur if the ink is ground
too rapidly or on a rough surface.

To test ink, a few lines can be drawn on the margin of a sheet, noting
the shade, how the ink flows from the pen, and whether the lines are
sharp. After the lines have dried, cross them with a wet brush; if they
wash readily, the ink is too soft; if they resist the water for a time
and then wash tardily, the ink is good.

Care must be exercised not to overload the pen with ink, and, like the
pencil, the pen should always be moved from left to right and from the
bottom to the top of the board. When inking, both “nibs” of the pen
point must rest evenly on the paper and the pen be pressed only lightly
against the T-square. Never ink any portion of a drawing until the
penciling is complete.

In inking long, fine lines it is well to go over each line twice,
without moving the T-square, trying not to widen the line on the second
passage; also see that the pen contains ink enough to finish a line, as
it is difficult to continue with the same width of line after
re-filling.

To produce finished drawings, it is necessary that no portion should be
erased, otherwise the color applied will be unequal in tone; thus, when
highly finished mechanical drawings are required, it is usual to draw an
original and to copy it. Where sufficient time cannot be given to draw
and copy, a very good way is to take the surface off the paper with fine
sand-paper before commencing the drawing; if this be done, the color
will flow equally over any erasure it may be necessary to make
afterwards.

The rules of procedure in drawing the lines in “inking” are, 1, ink in
the small circles and curves; 2, ink in the larger circles and curves;
3, then all the horizontal lines, beginning at the top of the drawing
and working downward; 4, next ink in all the vertical lines, commencing
at the left and moving back to the right; 5, draw in the oblique lines;
6, all the center lines and dimension and reference lines. The figuring
and lettering should be always done with India ink, thoroughly black;
the last lines to be drawn are the section lines. The reason why
irregular curves and arcs of circles are inked in first is, that it is
easier to draw a straight line up to a curve than to take a curve up to
a straight line.

In practice, the flat side of the drawing-pen is laid against the
tee-square or ruler; the taper of the blade of the pen is sufficient to
throw the point enough away from the edge to prevent blotting; the pen
is drawn from left to right and from the bottom to the top of the board.

This is shown in fig. 237, intended to represent “short work” with the
drawing-pen. The wrist is shown resting upon the blade of the square.

[Illustration: Fig. 237.]

[Illustration: Fig. 238.]

In a similar figure, 238, the position of the hand holding the pen
indicates the best relative posture for inking long lines. In one of
these illustrations the work is executed principally by the wrist--in
the other by the arms and fingers working together.

The pen should be held with even pressure against the straight-edge or
curve. If the pressure varies, the blades will spring and the width of
the line will change. The blades should be of such length that both will
bear equally upon the paper when the pen is inclined slightly, so as to
bring the inner blade near the straight-edge; the angle of the pen
should not be changed while drawing any line.

When the inking is finished, the whole drawing may be cleaned by rubbing
it with bread which is not greasy or so fresh as to stick to the paper.
If the paper is much soiled it may be necessary to use an eraser. A soft
pencil eraser should be used and great care taken that the ink lines are
not lightened and broken by it.

To avoid the necessity of using an eraser upon a finished drawing,
instruments and paper must be kept free from dust and dirt. The
triangles and T-square should be cleaned often, by rubbing them
vigorously upon rough, clean paper.

Pounce is a powder used to prevent blotting in rewriting over erasures;
it is held in a bag or small box with a perforated lid for convenience
in sprinkling on paper; when used it should be distributed evenly with a
piece of chamois, and the surplus or loose particles removed before
applying the ink.

A drawing is made to be read, and the skill in inking, as in “free-hand”
and in penciling, does not consist so much in the fineness of the lines
as in their clearness.




Lettering Drawings.


Lettering is an important part of making drawings, the object aimed at
being to identify any portion by reference letter or letters; thus in
fig. 239 the line _A C_ describes the line extending from

[Illustration: Fig. 239.]

Any information which cannot be expressed in the drawing is always
expressed by lettering, and it is desirable to confine the lettering of
drawings to one or two standard alphabets that are plain and distinct,
and the principles of which are easily acquired. These conditions are
fulfilled in the Gothic fonts shown on page 173.

Both letters and figures must be carefully made and of uniform
proportion; it is well to “lay out” these by regular measurement before
permanently inking them. Letters should not be less than one-eighth of
an inch in height and penciled carefully before inking.

On page 173 are printed two forms of numerals and letters of the
alphabet; it is recommended that these be used both for practice in
free-hand and for regular office work.

For easy reference, letters should not be crowded nor allowed to
interfere with one another; they should be drawn neatly, avoiding all
lines of the drawing; plain letters are always used on mechanical
drawings, whether for title, scale, reference, etc.

Arrow-heads, figures and letters should be in black, and made with a
writing pen. A pen with a ball point is preferable, giving an equal
thickness of line, no matter in which direction the stroke is made.

[Illustration: Fig. 240.]

Neat, well-lettered drawings go far towards establishing a high standing
for the aspiring draughtsman. All lettering should be done free-hand,
first with the pencil, sharpened to a fine round point, and afterwards
written in ink. For this purpose common writing pens are best to be
used; fig. 240 represents the several numbers of the approved Gillott’s
pens adapted to this purpose.

In lettering, it is well, for a guide for size and location, to draw,
with a round-pointed pencil, two horizontal lines just the height the
letters are to be; the letters are also best made with careful use of
the instruments, rather than free-hand.

In order to letter systematically, it is a good plan to start with the
middle letter of the inscription and work in both directions; making too
prominent letters should be avoided, plain and distinct letters being
most desirable.

Finally, with an ordinary writing pen, trace over the penciling in ink;
the pencil guide lines being erased after the letters are inked in
completes the operation.

[Illustration]

An important matter in connection with lettering a drawing is the
location of the letters; these should be so placed as not to interfere
with the lines of the drawing and should clearly point out the part
intended to be described. When single letters are used, they should be
inked in before the shade or section lines are drawn.

Fig. 241 is an example introduced to show the method of lettering a
descriptive mechanical drawing.

The figure shows a “blow-off valve” of approved design drawn in section;
the letters designate the several parts; the reading to accompany the
lettering is as follows:

  =A=--Inlet communicating with annular passage (_C_) to admit steam,
  which blows off scale and sediment from seat (_E_) before disc (_L_)
  comes in contact with same.

  =B=--Plug to permit passage of rod to clean out blow-off pipe.

  =C=--Annular steam passage around casing (_D_) and communicating with
  inlet (_A_).

  =D=--Removable bronze casing, in which plug (_L_) fits snugly.

  =E=--Removable bronze seat ring, which also holds casing (_D_) in
  place.

  =J=--Slot in casing (_D_) arranged to discharge sheet of steam from
  _C_, which, blowing across seat (_E_), cleans off scale and sediment
  before contact with disc (_L_).

  =K=--Non-rotating washer to prevent loosening of locknut (_H_) when
  opening valve.

  =L=--Reversible disc, having two Babbitt-metal seating faces (_F_)
  (_F_).

[Illustration: Fig. 241.]




Dimensioning Drawings.


To “dimension” working drawings is to place measurements upon the parts
represented, to enable the workman to proceed without measuring the
drawing itself.

These dimensions should be placed so as not to interfere with nor crowd
the lines of the drawing, nor yet interfere with one another.

Arrow-heads are used at the extreme points of measurement, the figures
are generally inserted midway between the arrows; a dot and dash line
reaches from the figure to the arrow-heads, as shown below.

[Illustration]

When the dimension is short these lines are omitted and the dimension is
placed outside the drawing, thus

[Illustration]

and connected by a curved line; at other times it is found needful to
place arrow-heads outside the drawing and the measurement inside.

[Illustration]

When the dimension is long and narrow it is usual to carry the
dimensions under the drawing by dotted and dash lines, as shown below.

[Illustration]

Arrow-heads and figures should be drawn free-hand with a common writing
pen.

Usually dimensions are given in inches, up to 24 inches, as it is found
less confusing; for instance, if written 1′ 1″ it may be mistaken for
11″; if written 13″ no mistake could be made.

Again, 1′ 0″ may be mistaken for 10″; if written 12″ it would not; in
addition to being more distinct, it occupies less space on the drawing.
In large measurements there is more room for the figures, and,
therefore, they can be spaced further apart--in feet and inches.

All figures should be made of a fairly large size. Vertical dimensions
should read from the right hand, thus, as shown:

[Illustration]

Measurements of importance, such as the diameter of a circle, the pitch
or distance apart of rivets and bolts, etc., should be marked in figures
on the drawing. When rough or unfinished work is mixed with machined or
finished portions, it is usual to mark F, or “fin.,” after the latter
dimension.

In practice, at times, instead of dimensions reference letters are used,
thus:

[Illustration:

  D = diam. of shaft, 2¹⁄₂ inches.
  L = length of bearing, 3³⁄₄ inches.
  T = thickness of collar, ⁷⁄₈ inch.
  d = diam. of collar, 3¹⁄₂ inches.]

Generally it is preferable to give the diameters of turned and bored
work on a section, instead of an end drawn separately; confusion is
sometimes caused by a number of radial dimensions.

Fig. 242 and fig. 243 are introduced to show the principal measurements
required in practical work, and the usual way in which such dimensions
are marked when ordering parts of machinery.

Fig. 242 is a pedestal, or metal frame; three views are shown, the
center figure being an elevation, the lower figure is the plan of the
base, the upper figure is a view of the top, on which is bolted the
bearing block, it being on the outside of the center figure. The
essential measurements are marked by letters. _H_ is the vertical height
from base to the seat of bearing block: _L_ being the length, and _W_
the width of the base; _P_ is the length between checks, and _B_ the
width of seat for bearing block; _C_ is the distance from center to
center of the holding down bolt holes, and _T_ is the depth of the holes
in the base; _K_ is the distance from center to center of the bolt holes
in the top for bearing block.

Fig. 243 is a hanger, or metal bracket, and shows the center figure or
elevation, the plan of the top and the plan of the seat for bearing
block, which is bolted on the interior of the center figure. _H_ is the
vertical distance from the top to the seat for bearing block; the other
measurements required are marked by letters similar to figure 242.

Now, one of the important matters in connection with dimensioning a
drawing is the location of the figures. One rule, whose utility cannot
be gainsaid, is that they should be so located that they can be altered
or erased without damage to the lines of the drawing, as changes may be
necessitated either by original errors in writing down the figures or by
changes in the design being found desirable during the construction of
the machine.

[Illustration: Fig. 243.--Fig. 244.]




Shading Drawings.


To produce an effect, drawings are shaded; that is, shadow lines about
twice the width of the regular line are drawn according to a recognized
rule, which always represents the same peculiarity of form in the same
way.

In working drawings light lines only are permitted; shade lines are
wider than the working lines, and in reading scale measurements the
extra thickness of line would make a difference.

Instead of representing the shadow as it is really cast by the object,
the edges which cast the shadow are determined, and all the views are
treated as if the light came from behind and from the left, downwards,
at an angle of 45° to the horizontal line, as shown by the arrows in
figs. 245 to 248.

[Illustration: Fig. 245.--Fig. 246.--Fig. 247.--Fig. 248.]

The lower and right-hand outlines of projecting parts will cast shadows,
and the student should make them of extra width.

Fig. 249: In shading curves, divide the center line as before (see page
146) and describe circles from center, _D_; these lines are not to be
shaded in penciling, but when inking. The figures represent two rings,
_A_ and _C_, and spaces, _B_ and _D_. The outside of a surface is shaded
according to circle 1, and the inside surface according to circle 2.
This will give the desired shading, but it makes a drawing incorrect,
and therefore shading is not used in working drawings.

This shading is accomplished by inking the circle first with regular
width of line; then with the same radius remove the point of compasses
from the _true center_, placing it outside, according to the desired
position of the shaded line, and describe an arc of a circle.

In fig. 250 divide center line as before; with the 45° triangle or set
square, draw through the center the diagonals shown by dotted lines; and
through the points _A_, _B_, _C_, etc., draw the perpendiculars, cutting
the diagonals; from the points of intersection draw the horizontal
lines, completing the squares.

[Illustration: Fig. 249.]

[Illustration: Fig. 250.]

Now, take a radius of half an inch, and in the corner of each square
draw with the bow-pencil a circular arc meeting the pencil lines
exactly; with the bow-pen _ink in the arcs_ first, then ink carefully
the lines joining with the arcs; all lines must be of the same width;
put in the shade on arcs and lines as in fig. 249; and, finally, erase
the pencil lines at corners, etc.




Section-Lining.


Cross-hatching has been defined in the “preliminary definitions” to
drawing; this term represents the practice of drawing diagonal lines
representing the interior of an object, shown as a piece cut in half or
when a piece is broken away. This is done to make more of the parts
show, or to exhibit more clearly the nature of the materials; hence
section lining and cross-hatching tell the same thing, _i. e._, the
drawing of diagonal lines, usually at an angle of 45°, to show that the
object is broken away and the interior designed to be represented.

[Illustration: Cast iron.

Fig. 251.]

[Illustration: Wrought iron.

Fig. 252.]

[Illustration: Steel.

Fig. 253.]

[Illustration: Composition.

Fig. 254.]

[Illustration: Vulcanite.

Fig. 255.]

[Illustration: Wood.

Fig. 256.]

[Illustration: Leather.

Fig. 257.]

[Illustration: Brick.

Fig. 258.]

[Illustration: Fig. 259.]

Figs. 251 to 258, inclusive, show the section lining and cross-hatching
by which it is customary to represent the various materials entering
into a construction.

In fig. 259 is outlined a representation of a section of a cog-wheel;
section 1 being the wood cogs; 2, the iron wheel, and 3 the wedges at
the root of the gear. It would be impossible to convey the same ideas by
ordinary plan or elevation drawing; all the objects on the same page are
more clearly represented by the use of section lines or cross-hatching.

Sectioning is executed by drawing a series of parallel lines about ³⁄₃₂
inches apart. Lay the 45° triangle on the upper edge of the T-square and
draw the top-most line of the sectioning. Then slide the triangle along
the T-square for each successive line. The sectioning should be inked in
without previous penciling and the lines should be finer than the lines
of the general drawing.

Various devices are in use for mechanically equalizing the distances in
section lining, but the trained eye is the most practical method. When
two abutting pieces are sectioned, the section lining on one piece
slants in an opposite direction to that on the other.

To draw an object to be sectioned on both sides of its center line, only
one side is sectioned, while the other side is drawn in full.

Sections are necessary in nearly all machine drawings; they are usually
taken horizontally or vertically, but they may be taken in any
direction; the position of a section should be shown by a line upon the
object; this line is called the cutting plane.

In fig. 261 is shown the hub of a wheel, it is also a sample of work for
practice.

[Illustration: Fig. 260.]

[Illustration: Fig. 261.]

Fig. 260 shows the mode of representing two different materials in one
plane, or a section may be represented by the darker portion, and the
lighter shaded portion being a surface resting on the section.

Fig. 261 shows the section of a shaft surrounded by the surface of a
wheel.


TINTS AND COLORS.

For special purposes of illustration drawings are made which must be
tinted. In such cases the paper must be expanded and stretched evenly
all over its surface; otherwise when the moist tint is applied the paper
will wrinkle and get out of shape; to do this cut the paper at least
half an inch less in size than the drawing board; lay the paper face
down, turn up a margin or edge of about three-fourths of an inch all
round, then dampen the paper with a sponge and clean water; allow it to
soak for a few minutes until it is evenly dampened or moistened all
over, turn the paper upside down (face up).

Apply strong paste to the under side of the margin all round; rub down,
on the drawing-board, working from the center of the board outwards so
as to exclude the air and prevent creases or furrows. The board is then
inclined and left to dry slowly; make sure that the paper is all well
pasted and every part of the edges attached to the board.

If tracings are required to be tinted or shaded, the color may be
applied before the tracing is cut off, or what is more usual, the color
may be applied on the back of the tracing; then there is no liability to
wash out the lines.

Mechanical drawings are seldom tinted, but are mainly produced in India
ink. Where, however, a fine effect is desired, working drawings are
colored, so as to show at a glance the material of which the different
parts are to be made.

The colors required are few but should be of the best quality. Besides
India ink the following water-colors are generally used:

1, Neutral-tint. 2, Prussian Blue. 3, Chrome Yellow. 4, Gamboge. 5, Raw
Sienna. 6, Carmine. 7, Vermillion. 8, Venetian Red. 9, Sepia. 10,
Indigo. These come in hard cakes.

Certain colors and tints represent different metals and materials as
follows:

Wrought Iron--Prussian Blue.

Steel--Carmine and Prussian Blue, mixed to give a purple shade.

Steel Casting--Same as the above darkened by Venetian Red.

Cast-Iron--Neutral Tint made of India Ink, indigo, mixed with a little
carmine.

Brass--Gamboge or Chrome Yellow.

Babbitt--Emerald Green; sometimes light mixture of India Ink.

Copper--Purple Lake.

It is sometimes found necessary to prepare a highly finished and shaded
drawing of the work in hand. Such elaborations, in fact, are much
admired by the uninitiated, although the complete shading of the drawing
is no criterion as to the scientific value of the machine. An
illustration of this is told in the note.

  NOTE.--A consulting engineer had to lay before a board of directors
  plans of horizontal engines for their consideration. One of these
  drawings was of a very superior machine, but being only depicted
  lineally was at once rejected by them, for a highly finished
  representation of a very inferior apparatus. The engineer, wishing to
  induce the board to decide for the best, suggested that the matter
  should be postponed to a future day, and in the meantime had the
  drawing of the superior machine highly colored and finished. At the
  next meeting the directors unanimously decided that this was the very
  one which they preferred and had chosen.




Reproducing Drawings.


When once finished, one or more copies of drawings are frequently
required; these are produced, 1, by blue printing, as described before;
2, by tracing. A tracing is a mechanical copy of a design or drawing,
made by reproducing its lines as seen through a transparent medium--as
tracing-cloth or tracing-paper.

Tracing-cloth is a thin linen fabric, coated with size; this is called
_tracing-lines_; _tracing-paper_ is so prepared as to be transparent, so
that it will receive marks either in pencil or with pen and ink.

Tracing-cloth must be fastened to the board, over the drawing, by pins
or other tacks; moisture or dampness should be carefully avoided and the
drawing done on the smooth side of the cloth.

When tracing cloth will not take ink readily a small quantity of pounce
may be applied to the surface of the cloth and distributed evenly with a
piece of cotton waste, chamois, or similar material, but the pounce
should be thoroughly removed--by washing--before applying the ink.

In making tracings the same order is followed as described under the
section “Inking”--to repeat: 1, ink in the small circles and curves; 2,
ink in the larger circles and curves; 3, then all the horizontal lines,
beginning at the top of the drawing and working downward; 4, next ink in
all the vertical lines, commencing at the left and moving back to the
right; 5, draw in the oblique lines; 6, all the center lines red
(carmine), and dimension and reference lines in blue (Prussian blue) or
_vice versa_. The figuring and lettering should always be done with
India ink, thoroughly black.


BLUE PRINTING.

Copies of drawings or parts representing details and measurements are
frequently needed for the office, pattern shop, machine and blacksmith
shop, etc. These copies are best made by printing on sensitized or
specially prepared paper, from tracings drawn on transparent cloth or
paper, as hereabove described. The original design may be guarded with
the utmost care for long preservation, but the blue prints, so called,
are for ready reference and use without much regard to the length of
time they are to be in existence.

The usual practice is to carefully trace from the drawing on transparent
cloth or paper an exact reproduction of it, filling in all detail
lettering and sizes or figured dimensions.

This tracing is fixed in a frame similar to a picture frame, with the
side on which the drawing is made next to the glass: 1, place the
sensitized side of the paper (which has been prepared previously)
against the back of the tracing; 2, fix soft padding against the back of
the paper and fasten it up so that both paper and tracing are compressed
firmly against the glass, permitting no creases or air spaces between
them.

[Illustration: Fig. 262.]

This should be done in a darkened room; 3, expose for three to six
minutes, according to the intensity of the sun; 4, take the sensitized
paper out of the frame and quickly wash well in clean running cool
water, and the drawing will appear in white lines on blue ground; 5,
hang the print up by one edge so that the water will run off and the
print will soon dry and be ready for use.


TEST-PIECES.

To make good blueprints, being guided only by the appearance of the
exposed edge of sensitized paper, requires considerable experience. Very
often, especially on a cloudy day, the edge looks just about right, but
when taken out of the frame and given a rinsing, it is only to find that
the print looks pale because it should have been allowed to remain
exposed for a longer period.

Now simply take a small test-piece of the same paper (say about 4 inches
square) and a piece of tracing cloth with several lines on its surface
and lay these small pieces out at the same time the real print is being
exposed, and cover these samples with a piece of glass about 4 inches
square. As a general rule, we can find a place on top of the frame for
the testing-piece, and by having a small dish of water at hand for
testing the print by tearing off a small bit and washing same to note
its appearance, the novice can get just as good results as the
experienced hand without danger of failure.


BLACK PROCESS COPYING.

This is accomplished by specially sensitized paper by which a fac-simile
of the original drawing can be made; that is, black lines upon white
ground. It also avoids the objection to the blue print paper of shaded
drawings which show light and shade reversed.

The prints made by the process are said to be absolutely permanent and
can be altered, added to or colored the same as original drawings.

The sensitized paper is sold ready for use, but it can be prepared by
dissolving two ounces of citrate of iron and ammonium in eight ounces of
soft water; keep in a dark bottle, also, one and one-third ounces of red
prussiate of potash in eight ounces of water; keep in another dark
bottle; when about to use mix an equal quantity of each in a cup and
apply in a dark room with a soft brush or sponge to one side of white
rag paper, similar to envelope paper, let it dry and put away in a dark
place until required for use.


[Illustration: DRAWING OFFICE RULES]




Drawing Office Rules.[1]


  [1] NOTE.--A. W. Robinson, M.E., Montreal, must have all credit for
  these admirable rules and regulations. They bring into a single focus
  the whole science and art of mechanical drawing.

  There are drawing offices where from ten to nearly one hundred people
  are busily employed in making new plans and sketches by the hundreds,
  and where thousands of completed drawings are filed for reference or
  for changes, as these are needed in the shop management.

  To be introduced for the first time into such a company is a trial for
  the “new man” both of nerve and manners, and a test as well of skill;
  nothing helps more at such a time than an acquaintance with the rules
  and routine of the office, for the old saying holds good in a drawing
  office, of “doing in Rome as the Romans do.” The author of this book
  has felt this strangeness in a new position and so adds the following
  model-rules for the guidance of the student when first entering a
  regular position in an office where many are employed and where
  success depends upon a systematic ordering of the work in hand.


SIZE OF DRAWINGS.

1. The standard size shall be 23 inches by 36 inches, subdivided into
half, quarter and eighth sheets.

2. Full-size drawings shall be reserved, as far as possible, for general
views and parts not capable of being shown on smaller sheets.

3. All shop detail shall, as far as possible, be shown on quarter and
eighth sheets.


CHARACTER OF DRAWINGS.

4. Detail drawings shall, as far as possible, classify the different
kinds of works, such as castings, forgings, shafts, levers, piping, etc.
Different kinds of work shall not be shown on the same detail drawing.

5. All shop drawings liable to repetition shall be traced and
blue-printed. All temporary details, requiring only one copy, may be
made on sketch sheets and press copied.

6. A shop drawing is to be considered as an order or instruction to the
shop, and not merely as a statement or illustration. For this purpose it
must convey clearly and distinctly all the information necessary to make
the article.

7. Every dimension necessary to the execution of the work is to be
clearly stated by figures on the drawing, so that no measurements need
to be taken in the shop by scale. All measurements to be given with
reference to the base or starting point from which the work should be
laid out, and also with reference to center lines.

8. All figured dimensions on drawings to be plain, round vertical
figures, not less than one-eighth inch high, and formed by a line of
uniform width and sufficiently heavy to insure printing well. No thin,
sloping, or doubtful figures, or diagonal-barred fractions will be
tolerated. All figured dimensions below two feet to be expressed in
inches.

9. All center lines to be alternate dot and dash in fine black line. All
dimension lines to be double dot and dash, with a central space for the
figure, and of such strength as to show on blue-print more faintly than
lines of drawing. Lines of drawing to be bold and clearly defined in
proportion to the scale, and may be shade-lined by making the right-hand
and bottom lines heavier. No ornamental shading or other “frills”
allowed on shop drawings.

10. Every drawing, whether whole or half-sheet, shall have the title,
date, scale and number of the sheet stamped in lower right-hand corner,
and the quarter and eighth sheets printed on top.

11. The name of the drawing, as given in the title, is invariably to
consist of two divisions in one line separated by a hyphen. The first
division is to state the general name of the thing or machine, and the
second name is to clearly designate the part or parts represented (or if
a general view should so state). The wording of titles should be
submitted to the chief engineer or head draughtsman for approval.

12. Each drawing shall bear the name of the draughtsman and examiner,
the surname being used without initials.

13. Drawings of piping details shall be made in diagram form, using
standard symbols.

14. All detail parts for standard or repetition work shall be shown
unassembled as far as possible.


DRAWING SYMBOLS.

15. Detail shop drawings should state:

(a) The pattern number of every casting in plain figures of larger size
than the dimension figures.

(b) The material of which the parts are made, using symbols as follows:
C.I.--Cast iron. W.I.--Wrought iron. M.S.--Machinery steel.
H.S.--Hammered steel. Bs.--Brass. Bbt.--Babbitt. Bz.--Bronze.
C.R.S.--Cold rolled steel.

Other materials write full name.

(c) Finished surfaces will be indicated by “f” written on the line or
surface to be finished. When not so marked it is understood that the
part is to be left black or rough. In cases where finish might be
presumed but not required, follow the figured dimensions by the word
“cast,” if a casting, and “rough,” if a forging.


STANDARDS.

16. The following standards shall be strictly adhered to as given in the
tables noted:

(1.) Table of standard diameters of shafting and key seats.

(2.) Table of standard stock sizes of rounds.

(3.) Table of standard stock sizes of flat steel.

(4.) Table of standard clearance fits.

(5.) Table of standard symbols for notation of riveting.

(6.) Table of standard symbols for pipe fittings.

Also such other standards as may be adopted from time to time.


NUMBERING OF DRAWINGS.

17. Drawers and filing cases shall be numbered consecutively. Drawers
shall contain 100 sheets each, and filing cases 200 sheets each, and to
be fully indexed. Drawings shall be numbered by a number indicating both
drawer number and serial number in the drawer--thus, 7,604 is the fourth
sheet in drawer 76, etc.

18. Drawing numbers shall be checked off the index as required, and the
index posted up in uniform handwriting by the clerk.

19. Standard size drawings shall be kept in drawers and quarter and
eighth sheets in filing cases. All drawings shall be indexed by an index
sheet kept in each drawer or case.


CHECKING.

20. All drawings must be approved before being traced. When tracing is
completed it will be given immediately to the chief draughtsman, who
will have a preliminary print made and carefully checked, before being
used.


PATTERNS.

21. All patterns shall bear the number of the drawing on which they are
first detailed, followed by a serial letter, according to the number of
patterns on the drawing.

22. Standard patterns used repeatedly and liable to be ordered from in
repairs must not be changed. Other patterns may only be changed when
absolutely necessary and by order. When so changed they will bear the
original number and letter, followed by A for the first change, B for
the second change, and so on thus: 4860 AB is the second change in
pattern 4860 A.


SKETCH BOOKS.

23. Each draughtsman will be supplied with a sketch book by the company,
in which he shall make all his notes, calculations and data referring to
his work, and under no circumstances shall notes of value be made on
loose sheets. Each entry should invariably be commenced with the subject
and date, and full notes made of data on which the calculations were
based, and the results obtained clearly stated. These books are to
remain the property of the company.


IN GENERAL.

24. Changes in drawings, sketches or order lists issued to the shop
shall only be made when authorized by the chief engineer, or, in his
absence, by the chief draughtsman, and when so authorized shall be made
by the order clerk.

25. The names of all similar parts in order lists and drawings are to be
uniform.

26. Tracings must be kept in safe, for blue-printing purposes only.
Office copies of blue-prints must be used for references.

27. No drawing, print or photograph shall be taken from office without
permission.


NUMBERING WORKING DRAWINGS.

There are a great many different systems used in indexing drawings, most
of which have some good points, but very few are sufficiently elastic to
cover a wide field. A plan based upon the decimal system of notation is
very simple, and, as there is no practical limit to the number of
subdivisions, it can be expanded indefinitely. Following are the main
outline features of the system as adapted to the needs of drawing
offices belonging to large works.

The main division numbers, 000, 100, 200, 300, etc., are used
respectively for all plans and general sheets referring to the division
concerned. 100 includes general plans covering more than one department,
and all small-scale plans with cross references to departments covered.

The class or tens divisions contain general drawings of the
subdivisions, the subclasses or units divisions being limited to details
only. Further subdivisions would probably be necessary in some cases. A
card index with cross references and written by someone who knew what to
do is an essential part of the system.


[Illustration: GEARING AND DESIGN]

[Illustration: Fig. 263.]




Gearing.


  Under this heading the author has grouped some information relating to
  a subject of wide interest and one sure to interest a student of
  mechanical drawing.

  The diagrams are intended for exercises in drawing, _i. e._, to be
  redrawn as parts of practice; the text is to be studied not only for
  the good to be gained from the study of gearing, but as an example of
  the way in which written or printed descriptions are necessary to
  explain a subject illustrated by drawings.

_A gear_ is primarily a toothed wheel; gearing is a train of toothed
wheels for transmitting motions; there are two chief sorts of toothed
gearing, viz., spur gearing and bevel gearing.

_A spur wheel_ has teeth around the edge pointing to the center;
commencing at the center, a spur wheel may be said to consist of a hole,
square, octagonal or round, for its axle or shaft; a hub; the web, body
or arms; a rim, and the teeth; see fig. 263.

_A spur wheel_ has teeth on its circumference which run parallel to its
shaft; wheels as shown in fig. 271 are termed _helical wheels_; these
are similar to spur wheels except their teeth are arranged upon
different angles to the shaft.

_A bevel_ is a slant or inclination of a surface from a right line,
hence a bevel wheel is one whose teeth stand beveling or at an oblique
angle to the shaft, or towards the center; see fig. 267.

_Miter wheels_ are bevel wheels of the same size, working at right
angles with one another; see fig. 268.

_The diameter of both spur and bevel wheels_ is measured and calculated
neither from the outside nor from the bottom of the teeth, but on the
pitch circle. When we speak of the diameter of a spur or bevel wheel, we
mean the diameter of the pitch circle, without any reference to the form
of tooth.

_The addendum circle_ of a toothed wheel is as shown in illustration,
fig. 264; _addendum_ means “something added,” and, as shown in the
figure, it is the part added beyond the pitch “line” or circle.

[Illustration: Fig. 264.]

_The pitch line_ is the most important one in gearing; the “pitch line”
or “pitch circle” is supposed to be the working circle. This is shown in
P--P in fig. 274.

_The periphery_ of a wheel is the extreme circumference, as N in fig.
274.

All parts of gear-wheels consist of portions, to which have been given
generally accepted names. Fig. 264 shows the “addendum circle” and the
“pitch line” as marked. The teeth and rim are shown in white, and the
other portions are indicated by the names.

_The circular pitch line_, as opposed to the diametral pitch, is the
same as the pitch circle. It is a line which bisects all the teeth of a
toothed wheel.

_The rolling circle_ is the same as the circular pitch line.

_Diametral_ means pertaining to a diameter or the length of a diameter;
hence a diametral pitch is a system of measures or enumeration based
upon the diameter instead of the circular pitch line; it is used very
generally in spacing for fine tooth gear. Wheels of this description
usually have their teeth cut in a gear-cutting machine, _i. e._, medium
and fine tooth gears.

[Illustration: Fig. 265.]

_A cog wheel_ is the general name for any wheel which has a number of
cogs placed around its circumference.

When the teeth of a wheel are made of the same material and formed of
the same piece as the body of the wheel, they are called _teeth_; when
they are made of wood or some other material and fixed to the
circumference of the wheel, they are called _cogs_; see fig. 265.

_A pinion_ is a small wheel. When two toothed wheels act upon one
another, the smaller is generally called the pinion. The terms _trundle_
and _lantern_ are applied to small wheels having cylindrical bars
instead of teeth. The teeth in pinions are sometimes termed _leaves_; in
a trundle, _staves_. See fig. 273.

The wheel which acts is called a _leader_ or _driver_; and the wheel
which is acted upon by the former is called a _follower_ or the
_driven_. When a screw or _worm_ revolves in the teeth of a wheel, the
latter is termed a _worm wheel_ or _worm gear_; see fig. 270. When a
pinion acts with a rack having teeth, we speak of _rack_ and pinion.
When the teeth are on the inside of the rim, and not on the periphery,
the wheel is termed an _internal gear_; see fig. 272.

Two wheels acting upon one another in the same plane are called _spur
gear_; the teeth are parallel with the axis. When wheels act at an
angle, they are called _bevel gear_.

_Friction gear-wheels_ are those which communicate motion one to the
other by the simple contact of their surfaces.

In frictional gearing the wheels are toothless and one wheel drives the
other by means of the friction between the two surfaces which are
pressed together.

Grooved friction wheels are used to give greater cohesion than can be
obtained by the plain surface.

Fig. 263 shows a pair of spur-wheels in gear. The dotted circles which
meet are the rolling circles, called the “pitch line” or “pitch circle.”

[Illustration: Fig. 266.]

A spur mortise wheel is similarly shown in fig. 266; it is very like in
appearance to a spur wheel; it differs essentially in that the teeth are
separate cogs, fixed in singly to the rim; see also fig. 265, page 201.

  NOTE.--The teeth of spur wheels cast from a pattern must of necessity
  be larger at one side than at the other, because the teeth must have
  taper to permit the extraction of the pattern from the mould;
  therefore, in fixing wheels to gear, the large side of one should meet
  the smaller side of the other; should the two large sides come
  together the teeth will meet only at the large side, and the teeth
  will probably break away from the excessive strain on that point.

_Skew gearing_ are bevel wheels working out of center; the teeth do not
form radial lines from the wheel center.

Fig. 267 shows a pair of bevel wheels in gear as described on page 199.
A bevel mortise wheel, _i. e._, one having cogs inserted in its rim
instead of teeth.

[Illustration: Fig. 267.]

A bevel wheel and pinion must be made to suit one another by both having
teeth forming together an angle of 90°, therefore they are pairs, or
proportioned in the number of teeth one to the other. Any other
proportion used would not exactly gear and would be termed a “bastard”
gear.

[Illustration: Fig. 268.]

Fig. 268 represents a pair of miter wheels in gear; it will be noted
that the shafts, when connected, will be at right angles to each other,
the wheels being in all particulars of the same dimensions; the figure
answers the purpose of a much longer description, if given in words.

A miter-wheel can easily be known by putting a square upon the face of
the teeth, which are always at an angle of 45° with one another,
irrespective of size.

_A miter-wheel_ is a particular kind of bevel-wheel, the bevel being
limited to an angle of 45° in each wheel.

The curve of the teeth in bevel-gears, when correctly formed, changes
constantly from one end of the tooth to the other, therefore bevel-gears
whose teeth are produced with a forced cutter are not theoretically
correct.

Fig. 269 represents a rack and pinion: the teeth in this form of gear
are shaped similarly to those in the spur wheel, shown on page 198, with
the difference that the teeth of one are on a circle and on the rack are
made on a straight line.

[Illustration: Fig. 269.]

A flange or addition to the end of a tooth and the rim connecting them
together is used to strengthen the teeth. This extends from the root to
pitch line when the wheel and pinion are both flanged: if only one is
flanged it extends from the root to the addendum.

[Illustration: Fig. 270.]

Fig. 270 illustrates a worm and a worm wheel, sometimes called screw
gears. This is a slow but powerful method of transmitting power, one
revolution of the worm only moving the wheel the distance of one tooth
and space.

_A worm gear_ is a spur wheel with teeth at an angle to the axis, so as
to work with a worm which is a _screw_, or has teeth shaped in the form
of a spiral wound round its circumference; the screw or worm is called
an endless screw, because it never comes to a stopping place in the
circumference of the wheel.

[Illustration: Fig. 271.]

Fig. 271 represents a gear with helical teeth. It is similar to a spur
wheel, and is used in place of same in heavy and slow moving machinery,
the formation of teeth preventing--in large measure--the jar or
concussion noticeable in common spur gears.

In recent years the speed at which gearing is run has been greatly
increased. A striking instance is that of a pair of _cast-iron_ helical
wheels, 6 ft. 3 in. diameter, 12 in. wide, making 220 revolutions per
minute, the speed of the pitch line being 4,319 feet per minute; these
wheels are running continuously and with little noise. There is also a
_cut_ gear in a mill in Massachusetts, 30 feet in diameter, and the
speed of pitch line is 4,670 feet per minute.

[Illustration: Fig. 272.]

_An internal or annular gear wheel_ is one in which the faces of the
teeth are within and the flank without the pitch circle, hence the
pinion operates within the wheel. See fig. 272.

In internal geared wheels there is almost an entire absence of friction
and consequent wear of the teeth, as compared to ordinary spur gearing.

Fig. 273 shows a _crown-wheel_ which has pin teeth which are fixed by
one end only, on its side face and gear into a trundle wheel.

[Illustration: Fig. 273.]

_A trundle wheel_ has no teeth, properly speaking. Instead of teeth, it
has pins as shown on illustration, fig. 273, arranged like the rungs of
a ladder between two walls. See page 201.

_Trains of Gears._--When two wheels mesh--that is, engage with each
other--as in fig. 263, one axle revolves in the opposite direction to
the other; but when internal gears mesh as shown in fig. 272, the shafts
revolve in the same direction; three or more gears running together are
often called _a train of gears_.

Maximum speed of gears under favorable conditions for safety is
comparatively--

  Ordinary  cast-iron   wheels, 1,800 feet per minute.
  Helical   cast-iron   wheels, 2,400 feet per minute.
  Mortise   wood cog    wheels, 2,400 feet per minute.
  Ordinary  cast-steel  wheels, 2,600 feet per minute.
  Helical   cast-steel  wheels, 3,000 feet per minute.
  Cast-iron machine cut wheels, 3,000 feet per minute.

It is not, however, advisable to run gears at their maximum speeds, as
great noise and vibration are caused.




Designing Gears.


  This section is introduced into the work for a double purpose; 1, as
  an exercise in drawing; 2, as a study in accurate measurements. It is
  a sample of the work that the advanced student in mechanical drawing
  will be confronted with as he puts in practice the theory of the art
  of drawing.

  Some sample rules are given in the following pages to aid in
  calculations relating to gears, and still others are given under the
  section “Useful Rules and Tables” at the end of the volume; these are
  to be carefully studied.

To accurately divide the pitch circle of a gear wheel by hand requires
both patience and skill. On the accuracy of spacing lies the essential
requisite of a good gear wheel.

The drawing in plate, fig. 274, illustrates a pair of spur wheels, shown
in gear, the office instructions for which being:

“Required, _a detail plan_ of a pair of spur wheels; dimensions: wheel,
76 teeth, 3¹⁄₂ inches pitch, 7-inch eye, 6 arms; pinion, 19 teeth;
scale, 1¹⁄₂ inches = 1 foot.”

The drawing, as illustrated, is the result of the above instructions,
all pencil lines being removed, and this result is worked out as
follows:

76 teeth × 3¹⁄₂ inches, pitch = 266 inches in circum. = 7 ft. 0¹¹⁄₁₆ in.
diam. = 3 ft. 6¹¹⁄₃₂ in. radius; with this measurement as represented on
scale, draw line _P P_ on drawing. This is called the pitch line.

Draw next diameter line, produce or extend this diameter line for
pinion, and with radius of 10¹⁹⁄₃₂ (19 teeth × 3¹⁄₂) from pitch line of
wheel, draw pitch line of pinion.

Take any point in this pitch line of wheel, mark off 3¹⁄₂ inches as
represented on scale, mark this around the pitch line, it will be the
center of each of the 76 teeth; then the breadth of thickness of each
tooth (= pitch × 0.475) must be marked from these centers, then mark
from _P L_, length of tooth to point (= pitch × 0.35) and _P L_ to root
(= pitch × 0.4), draw circles for outside of teeth _N_ and root of tooth
_O_; now with compass set to the pitch (3¹⁄₂) of the wheel, draw the
outer portion from pitch line of tooth.

The radius will center in the pitch line of next tooth where thickness
of tooth has been marked; after finishing outer portion of both sides of
teeth, set the compass from _center_ of tooth with radius to the
thickness marked on pitch line and draw the portion of tooth from pitch
line to root.

Now mark off with dividers and draw thickness of rim (= pitch × 0.5),
divide this line into six parts, draw radii for centers of arms; draw
the bore hole 7″ and the thickness of metal for hub same as pitch.

On radii lines of arms, draw the breadth of arm at rim (= pitch and
thickness of tooth), increase in breadth approaching the center (1″ per
foot), draw the thickness of feather of arm (= pitch × 0.35); draw web
on inside of rim (= pitch × 0.375); fill in arcs for the joining of arms
in rim and hub (radii = pitch × 0.8) and feather to rim and hub (radii =
pitch × 0.37).

Proceed in similar manner, completing the teeth of pinion, and when
pencil lines are all in, ink the drawing, erasing all needless lines.

_P P_ shows the pitch line; _B_, thickness of tooth; _c_, breadth of
space; _A_, the pitch; _E_, clearance at root; _N_, the addendum of
tooth; _O_, the root of tooth; _H_, length of tooth from pitch line to
point; _I_, length of tooth pitch line to root; _G_, whole length of
tooth; _F_, thickness of rim; _J_, web or feather on rim; _K_, breadth
of arm; _L_, thickness of feather; _M_, hub, or thickness round the eye.

  NOTE.--It must be remembered that no fixed standard has ever been
  agreed upon for these proportions, and workshops differ considerably
  in practice.

[Illustration: Fig. 274.]

The number of teeth, their proportions, pitch and diameter of pitch
circle are frequently determined on the “Manchester” principle. This
system originated in Manchester (Eng.), and is now generally used in the
United States for determining diameters and number of teeth, which, of
course, regulate speeds. The principle is not applicable to large
wheels, but is limited in its application to small wheels, or wheels
having “fine pitch,” as will be seen in the following explanation, which
is introduced as very useful and indispensable knowledge for the
acquisition of the student in mechanical drawing.

[Illustration: Fig. 275.]

The “pitch” of teeth has already been stated to be the distance from
center of one tooth to the center of another on the “pitch line,”
measured on the chord of the arc. In determining the number of teeth or
pitch of wheels on this principle, the pitch is reckoned on the
_diameter_ of the wheel, _in place of the circumference_, and
distinguished as wheels of “4 pitch,” “6 pitch,” “8 pitch,” etc. In
other words, this means that there are four, six, or eight teeth in the
circumference of the wheel for every inch of diameter.

In designing gears to transmit power the stress on a tooth is
calculated; it determines the breadth or width and also the thickness of
the tooth on pitch line; the space between the teeth is in proportion to
the thickness of tooth, and the thickness of both combined (one tooth
and one space), measured on the pitch line or circle, is the pitch of
the wheel.

From the pitch all the proportions and measurements for the sizes and
strength of the parts of the wheel are taken _by rule_, and a
symmetrical form is produced.

In machine drawing the practice is to represent wheels by circles only;
the teeth are never shown except on enlarged details and then only in
very rare instances; the circles drawn are always the _pitch lines_ or
the rolling points of contact of the wheels.

The addendum circle is seldom if ever used in practical drawing. Should
it be necessary to show it in an exceptional case, the circle would be
represented by “dotted” line.

The shape of tooth and mode of constructing it, as practiced in drawing
offices, differs from the true theoretical curve of the tooth, although
very minutely.

In all calculations for the speed of toothed gears the estimates are
based upon the pitch line, the latter standing in the same place as the
circumference of a pulley.

To find the _diameter of a gear-wheel_ multiply the number of teeth by
the pitch, divide by 3.1416.

To find the _pitch of a gear-wheel_ multiply the diameter by 3.1416 and
divide by the number of teeth.

To find the _number of teeth in a gear-wheel_ multiply the diameter by
3.1416 and divide by the pitch.

The _breadth of wheels_, where practicable, should be at least three
times the pitch.

[Illustration: Fig. 276.]

Fig. 276 shows a scale for proportions of teeth; it is divided into
tenths and used thus:

Say wheel is 2″ pitch, then from pitch circle to addendum will be 3¹⁄₂
tenths, and from pitch circle to root of tooth will be 4 tenths measured
at the 2″ line on scale, and so on.

The decimal proportions already given in example, page 210, are adopted
in many workshops. Many others use the proportions approved of by Sir
William Fairbairn, which are:

Table of proportion of gears:

  Depth of tooth above pitch line   .35 of the pitch.
  Depth of tooth below pitch line   .40 of the pitch.
  Working depth of tooth            .70 of the pitch.
  Total depth of tooth              .75 of the pitch.
  Clearance at root                 .05 of the pitch.
  Thickness of tooth                .45 of the pitch.
  Width of space                    .55 of the pitch.

The diameter of a wheel or pinion is invariably the diameter measured on
pitch circle, except it is specially described otherwise, thus the
diameter “over all,” etc.

The shape of the curved face of the teeth of gears extending from the
root to the addendum is the curve conforming to the passage of the teeth
described on its fellow entering and leaving, as they rotate or roll
together on their pitch circles.

The curve of teeth outside the pitch circle is called “the face,” and
the curve from pitch circle to root is called “the flank.”

The difference between the width of a space and the thickness of a tooth
is called clearance or side clearance.

The play or movement permitted by clearance is called the backlash;
clearance is necessary to prevent the teeth of one wheel becoming locked
in the spaces of the other.

Wheels are in gear or geared together when their pitch lines engage, _i.
e._, when the pitch circles meet.

Wheels to be geared together must have their teeth spaced the same
distance apart, or in other words, of the same pitch.

The teeth of spur wheels are arranged on its periphery parallel to the
wheel axis, or shaft on which it is hung.

The teeth of a bevel wheel or bevel gears are always arranged at an
angle to the shaft.

When the _teeth_ of bevel gears form an angle of 45° they are called
miter wheels.

Miter wheels to gear must be of equal sizes.

A crown wheel is a disc that has teeth which are on its side face; that
is, teeth on a flat circular surface all parallel to the axis of the
wheel.

A rack has teeth on a flat surface or plane all parallel to one another.

A gear cut by machine is called a _cut gear_. It has teeth with less
clearance than cast wheels, which are not so true or perfect, and
therefore require more clearance.

A worm with even a light load is liable to heat and cut if run at over
300 feet of rubbing surface travel. The wheel teeth will keep cool, as
they form part of a large radiating surface; the worm itself is so small
that its heat is dissipated slowly.

A worm throws a severe end thrust or strain on its shaft.

_Steel Gears._--There is great economy in the use of cast-steel over
cast-iron in gears; the average life of the former is nearly twice as
great as of cast-iron gears. And, apart from their longer life and
efficiency, there is less danger of breaking.

The most accurate teeth, strongest and most uniform in wearing, are to
be found in steel gears cut from solid stock, or made by cutters of
proper shape.

Fig. 275 shows an elevation and a vertical section of a spur wheel. From
these views the various parts in spur gears can be better understood, as
they are represented here in combination, and the wheel in its entirety.

_AA_ is the horizontal center line, _BB_, _BB_ the vertical center
lines, _II_ and _II_ the pitch lines, _N_ thickness of tooth, _O_ space
of tooth, _D_ total depth of tooth, _C_ breadth of face, _F_ diameter on
pitch line, _P_ diameter over all, _G_ diameter of hub, _E_ diameter of
hole, _H_ depth of hole, _L_ thickness of rim, _M_ thickness of web.

Much has been and still is being written on gearing. No general rule is
followed by the writers; the elementary principles given will enable the
student to master spur gearing, and bevel and combinations of many kinds
of wheels will afterwards be found easier to delineate than the numerous
lines seem to indicate.


[Illustration: WORKING DRAWINGS]

[Illustration: Fig. 277.]




Working Drawings.


  From the “plans” made in the office are produced “working
  drawings”--which represent in detail the work to be done to exact
  measurement and of material, as indicated, by the pattern-maker, the
  foundry, the forge, the shop, and finally, by the erector of the
  completed mechanism.

  How to satisfactorily fulfill the directions contained in these
  drawings, representing only a part of the work, so that it will fit,
  with needed accuracy, to all other parts of the design, is the task
  before each separate worker.

It is by means of this division of the process of manufacture through
these drawings, that scores and hundreds of men can be employed at the
same time upon a single engine or machine; thus, while handwork has been
superseded by machines in many quarters, the art of drawing has not been
narrowed nor diminished, for no drawings or designs have yet been made
by machinery, nor are they likely to be.

It is thus that a good designer and draughtsman “projects” or extends
himself, to the advantage of many fellow workers.

The drawing, fig. 277, shows a simple form of pillar crane: it consists
of an upright cast-iron pillar, which is bolted on a cap stone, under
which is the foundation plate not shown in the drawing; the boom is of
rolled steel, supported by steel tie rods, and provided with rollers at
the base; the hoisting gear is shown in broken lines and circles; all as
seen in the drawing.

[Illustration: Fig. 278.--Fig. 279.]

[Illustration: Fig. 280.]

Figs. 278, 279 and 280 show a drawing of a “hydraulic beam bending
machine” in three views; fig. 280 is a plan, fig. 278 is an end
elevation, and fig. 279 a side elevation, and a portion of the latter in
section shows the interior construction.

  NOTE.--These three views are a practical illustration of drawings for
  a machine of the following dimensions: this machine has a bed 3 × 5
  feet in area, with 27 holes in each side for the bending pins. The
  frame and cylinders are made of cast iron, the rams of machinery
  steel, and the slides for holding the bending blocks, of steel
  casting. The distance between the bending blocks is 17 inches. The
  cylinders are copper lined, 8 inches diameter, and the rams have a
  6-inch stroke. The rams, which are independent and single acting, are
  returned by counterweights placed as shown under the table. The
  cylinders can be operated independently from either side of the
  machine by an arrangement of valves and levers. The machine complete
  weighs about 7,500 lbs.

[Illustration: Fig. 281.--Fig. 282.--Fig. 283.]

The drawing, page 222, shows three views of a power punching press.

Fig. 282 is a side elevation.

Fig. 283 a front elevation.

Fig. 281 a vertical sectional view; from these views the proportion,
general arrangement and disposition of the automatic devices can be
easily understood; it may be well to call particular attention to the
automatic clutch on the top shaft and the tripping device.

[Illustration: Fig. 284.]

This drawing, fig. 284, shows a side elevation in section of a
self-adjusting piston-rod packing.

_A_ is the gland, _B_ is the piston rod, _C_ is a brass sleeve which
contains the packing _D_, _E_ is the cylinder cover, _F_ is a coil
spring. It will be seen that the spring _F_ abuts on a bushing in the
bottom of the stuffing box and is prevented from scoring the piston rod
by stepping over the ends of the bushing and follower. All as shown in
the drawing.

The drawing, fig. 285, shows a sectional view of a large pulley fixed on
a “quill,” or hollow shaft: the driving shaft passes through the hollow
shaft and is attached to the friction clutch shown at the right-hand
end; this friction clutch drives the hollow shaft and pulley.

[Illustration: Fig. 285.]

  Fig. 286 shows the mechanism, called the link-motion, employed to
  reverse an engine, or to enable it to be run in either direction. Many
  forms of link-motion have been devised, but the Stephenson form, as
  shown in the figure, is, however, the one in almost universal use.

[Illustration: Fig. 286.

This drawing shows shading and the mode of figuring the parts for
identification.]

[Illustration: Fig. 287.--Fig. 288.--Fig. 289.]

Figs. 287 to 289 represent a bumping-post for the end of railway tracks,
reproduced on an enlarged scale from the columns of the _Engineering
News_.

In addition to the lettering and dimensions, admirably shown in the
drawings, the following description is appended to show how printed text
and mechanical drawings mutually aid in practical--or commercial--usage.

The unique feature of the arrangement shown, is that the center line of
the post does not coincide with the track, thus adapting itself to the
nature of the blows of a car-bumper, as received in the single-post
style of the mechanism.


BUMPING POST FOR RAILWAY TRACKS.

The post is a 15-in. steel I-beam, resting on a base plate ³⁄₄-in.
thick, and supported by anchor rods 1³⁄₄ ins. diameter, with upset ends
held by nuts on a heavy forging bolted to the top of the post. These
rods extend forward and outward to clear the rails, and then pass
vertically through a 4 × 6-in. angle iron crosstie, and an ordinary
wooden tie, extending down to an anchor block or deadman buried in the
ground 6¹⁄₂ ft. below the top of the rail.

Vertical braces or spreaders are fitted between the anchor timber and a
longitudinal timber under the ties, so as to prevent the loosening of
the anchor rods when the post is struck. The rods are held in position
against the rails by steel forgings bolted to the rail with 1-in. turned
bolts. An oak striking block, 12 × 12 ins., 3 ft. long, is bolted
between angle iron brackets on the face of the post.

[Illustration: Fig. 290.

Front View.

Fig. 291.

Side View.

Scale, 3 in. = 1 ft.]




To Read Working Drawings.


  One of the advantages resulting from a knowledge of practical
  draughting is, that it enables a mechanic to _read_ a drawing when
  given him as a guide for his work. It is getting every day more
  general among draughtsmen to figure exactly and minutely every part of
  their drawings which are made to a scale.

Drawings are almost always made “finished size,” that is, the dimensions
are for the work when it is completed. Consequently all the figures
written on the different parts indicate the exact size of the work when
finished, without any regard to the size of the drawing itself, which
may be made to any reduced and convenient scale.

Even in full size drawings this system of figuring is not objectionable.
It is a system which should be followed whenever a drawing is made “to
work to,” for it allows the workman to comprehend at a glance the size
of his work and the pieces he has to get made. Figuring makes a drawing
comprehensible even to those who cannot make drawings.

A working drawing should be made, primarily, as plain as possible by the
draughtsman; second, the workman should patiently and carefully study
it, so that it is thoroughly understood.

In studying a drawing, the object it is intended to represent should be
made as familiar as possible to the mind of the student, so that he may
fill out in imagination the parts designedly left incomplete--as in a
gear wheel where only two or three teeth are drawn in, that he may see,
mentally, the whole.

The following is a description of reading drawings when dimensions are
not figured. Here we have a piece of machinery represented by fig. 290,
and the information we have is that it is to scale, three inches = one
foot. Now, with scale and dividers, we can arrive at its actual
dimensions.

Measurements should be first taken _with the dividers from the drawing_,
and then the dividers applied to the scale to which the drawing is made;
this scale is always marked on the working drawing; if the dividers are
set to the length of the base of the example, fig. 290, they will
measure, on an ordinary two-foot rule, three and three-fourths inches,
_but if applied to the three-inch scale they will read_ one foot three
inches, the actual length of the part; the “reading” is from the scale;
thus, in both figures the drawings are “three-inch scale.”

Now, 3 inches is one-fourth of a foot, hence 3³⁄₄ × 4 = 1 ft. 3 in., the
full size, and so on for all parts of the drawing.

Fig. 291 shows _a side view_ of the “steady rest,” illustrated in front
elevation, fig. 290; from the scale as before we get the sizes; the two
views combined give length, breadth and thickness of the parts.

In some figures it is necessary to show end views, also section views,
to enable all measurements to be read from the drawing.


[Illustration: PATENT OFFICE DRAWINGS]




Patent Office Drawing Rules.


U. S. PATENT OFFICE RULES.

AS APPLIED TO PREPARATION OF DRAWINGS.

Each applicant for a patent is required by law to furnish a drawing of
his invention whenever the nature of the case admits of it. The drawing
must be signed by the inventor or the name of the inventor may be signed
on the drawing by his attorney-in-fact, and in either case must be
attested by two witnesses. The drawing must show every feature of the
invention covered by the claims.

When the invention consists of an improvement on an old machine, the
drawing must exhibit, in one or more views, the invention proper,
disconnected from the old structure, and also, in another view, so much
only of the old structure as will clearly show the connection of the
invention with the old machine.

Several editions of the patent-drawings are printed, the smallest of
which is about 3 × 4³⁄₄ inches, so that the drawing must be so made that
it will stand a reduction of about one-fourth. This work is done by the
photo-lithographic process, and therefore the character of the original
drawing must be brought as nearly as possible to a uniform standard of
excellence suited to the requirements of the process.

  NOTE.--These rules will be found most useful to many readers of this
  work--hence their introduction at this point. Nearly 50,000 patents
  are “applied for” in the United States every year.

The following rules are given by the Patent Office for guidance:

1. Drawings must be made upon pure white paper of a thickness
corresponding to three-sheet Bristol board. The surface of the paper
must be calendered and smooth. India ink alone must be used, so as to
secure perfectly black and solid lines.

2. The size of a sheet on which a drawing is made must be exactly 10 ×
15 inches. One inch from its edges a single marginal line is to be
drawn, leaving the “sight” precisely 8 × 13 inches. Within this margin
all work and signatures must be included. One of the shorter sides of
the sheet is regarded as its top, and measuring downwardly from the
marginal line, a space of not less than 1¹⁄₄ inches is to be left blank
for the heading of title, name, number and date.

3. All drawings must be made with the pen only. Every line and letter,
signature included, must be absolutely black. This direction applies to
all lines, however fine, to shading, and to lines representing cut
surfaces in sectional views. All lines must be clean, sharp, and solid,
and they must not be too fine or crowded. Surface shading, when used,
should be open. Sectional shading should be made by oblique parallel
lines about ¹⁄₂₀ of an inch apart. Solid black should not be used for
sectional or surface shading.

4. Drawing must be made of the fewest lines possible, consistent with
cleanness. The plane upon which a sectional view is taken should be
indicated by a broken or dotted line. Heavy lines on the shade side of
objects should be used, except where they tend to thicken the work and
obscure letters of reference. The light is always supposed to come from
the upper left hand corner at an angle of 45 degrees.

5. The scale to which a drawing is made should be large enough to show
the mechanism without crowding. The number of sheets used must never be
more than is absolutely necessary.

[Illustration: Fig. 292.]

6. The different views should be consecutively numbered. Letters and
figures of reference must be carefully formed. They should, if possible,
measure at least one-eighth of an inch in height.

If the same part of an invention appears in more than one view of the
drawing it must always be represented by the same character.

7. The signature of the inventor is to be placed in the lower right-hand
corner of each sheet, and those of the witnesses at the lower left-hand
corner.

The title should be written with pencil on the back of the sheet.

Drawings should be rolled for transmission, never folded.

On page 235, fig. 292 exhibits a reproduction of a patent office
drawing, used in connection with specification papers in an application
for a United States patent.


ENGLISH PRACTICE.

The rules for patent drawings in England are practically the same as in
the United States; the paper sizes are, however, different. They must be
on sheets of one of the two following sizes (the smaller being
preferable), 13 inches at the sides by 8 inches at the top and bottom,
or 13 inches at the sides by 16 inches at the top and bottom, including
margin, which must be one-half an inch wide.

If there are more figures than can be shown on one of the smaller-sized
sheets, two or more of these sheets should be used in preference to
employing the large size. When an exceptionally large drawing is
required, it should be “_continued_” on subsequent sheets. There is no
limit to the number of sheets that may be sent in.


[Illustration: PRACTICAL POINTS]

[Illustration: Fig. 293. See page 244.]




Useful Hints and “Points.”


  Many of these “points” are repetitions, with but little variation from
  the way they have been previously stated; they are thus repeated to
  emphasize their practical worth.

A good draughtsman leaves his work in such a state that any competent
person can without difficulty ink in what he has drawn.

The criterion of a good set of drawings is that with a properly prepared
specification they are complete in themselves and require no
explanation.

A “break” in a figure or object in a drawing is shown in rough irregular
lines, as in fig. 134, on page 131; this is useful when the paper is not
large enough to show the whole.

Never use a sloping line in writing fractions on a drawing. The
objection arises from the fact that such a dimension as 1³⁄₁₆, if
written with the inclined line, unless very distinctly executed, may be
read as ¹³⁄₁₆.

In inking do not draw the lines further than you wish them to go, but in
penciling it is well to extend the lines, free up.

Never use a scale for a ruler.

Do not overload the pen with ink.

Having filled the pen, nearly close the nibs and try the width of the
line on a piece of paper or the margin of the drawing.

Never refill or lay the pen aside without first cleaning it.

The application of the science of geometry to the drawing-board is
absolutely necessary to success, for the reason that the whole fabric of
mechanical drawing rests on the principles of geometry, which is well
termed the science of measurements.

Section lines should be the last inked and always without previous
penciling.

Center lines are necessary in working drawings.

In choosing T-squares, care should be exercised to see that the head
slides up and down the _left_-hand side of the board easily, and that
when pressed against the board with the left hand there is no “slogging”
of the blade up or down, or in other words, that the head is bearing
firmly for its whole length against the board.

The best place for the title of a drawing is said to be the upper
left-hand corner; this facilitates the filing of the sheet.

Never use a soft pencil except for finishing in shadow lines.

The rubber should always be kept clean.

Great care should be taken to keep drawing boards out of the way of heat
or damp, as these cause the wood to warp.

Circles and curves are to be “inked in” before straight lines. First ink
the smallest and afterwards the larger curves.

Do not press heavily on the pencil so as to cut the paper, but draw
lightly, so that the mark can be erased and leave no trace, especially
if the drawing is to be inked.

The draughtsman should commence his work at the top of the paper,
keeping the lower part covered over until he needs to use it.

Shade lines should be avoided in all working drawings, as their use
interferes with accurate measurements.

To make ink stick to the tracing cloth, with a woolen cloth rub some
powdered chalk or pounce over the surface on which the ink lines are to
be drawn, then wipe the surface clean and use a good quality of ink.

For striking small circles a small bow pen should be used.

To fix lead pencil marks on sketches so that they cannot be readily
erased, sponge them with milk carefully skimmed, then lay blotting paper
over them and iron with a hot flat-iron.

To have the ink preserve its fluidity and to keep out all dirt and dust,
keep the cover on the ink slab; the mistake is often made of putting too
liberal a supply of water in ink well, which causes a waste of both time
and ink; no more should be prepared than to meet immediate requirements.

Always draw on the right side of the sheet, which can be found by
holding the sheet up to the light and looking across its surface with
the eye nearly in the same plane as the paper; note which side is the
smoothest and has the least number of blemishes on it; this is the right
side to draw on.

As to sharpening pencils, it is always best to cut a chisel point on the
pencil used for drawing, and put a circular point on the pencils in the
bow pencil and pencil leg. The chisel point makes a finer line and lasts
much longer than a round point.

The varnish used in many large drawing-rooms is simply white shellac
dissolved in alcohol; it requires a little experience to mix these to a
proper consistency, but this is soon acquired.

Never sharpen your pencil over the drawing.

A center line of a drawing is the line upon which the figure is to be
constructed; the center line is the first line to be drawn.

The T-square belongs to the left side of the drawing-board, and is
operated by the left hand. The right hand should be kept free for the
purpose of picking up pencil, pen and bows, adjusting and marking off.
The left hand controls the T-square and the triangle that slides along
the upper edge of the square; the right hand is for the instruments.

The advantage of a paper rule or scale is that the paper will expand and
contract under varying degrees of atmospheric moisture the same as the
drawing does.

Avoid rubbing out and constantly cleaning the drawing with India rubber;
if wrong lines are made or it is desired to make alterations, the part
to be changed should be rubbed out and completely re-drawn.

When using the bows see to it that the steel-pointed leg that is put
down first on the paper, to secure a center for a curve or a circle, is
a trifle longer than the pencil or pen leg.

To clearly indicate the position of a center which is to be used again,
lightly pencil a small circle about it; never put the point of a pencil
in the center hole to enlarge or blacken it; the prick point made by the
dividers and needle points should be no more than can be just seen,
hence the circle to be made as advised above.

[Illustration: Fig. 294.]

Be particular in having the legs of the dividers exactly the same
length, and sharp, so that in pricking off distances, and dimensions,
and centers, the indent or hole made in the paper is as small as
possible.

The term “plane” means a perfectly flat surface; that is, something
which has length and breadth but no thickness.

The best way to indicate on the drawing the surfaces which are to be
finished is to write on the lines which represent the finished surfaces
“finished,” tool-finish, or “faced,” according to the degree of finish
required. The single letter _f_ is frequently used.

Avoid fingering the drawing sheet as much as possible; in pointing to
any part of the drawing use a pencil and not the finger.

Remember that a drawing is made to be read.

The skill in inking does not depend on the fineness of the line, but on
its clearness.

A soft pencil should never be used on a mechanical drawing unless in
rare cases when it is used for pencil shading; the hardness or softness
of pencils is denoted by letters.

Never ink any portion of a drawing until the penciling is entirely
finished.

Stretching or pasting the paper to the board is very seldom resorted to,
for the reason that the mechanical drawings are _to scale_ and the paper
is natural when pinned to the board and more correct than if under a
strain. Mechanical drawings are always required in practice _right
away_, and time would be wasted and lost in damping and pasting and
drying again.

A working drawing, whether made to a scale or not, must have all the
dimensions plainly written upon it, for a workman should never be
compelled to measure a drawing.

In marking off distances, centers, etc., a fine needle point is useful;
the hole should not be punctured through the paper, merely a prick
point, so that it will leave an impression, which will not be
obliterated by the use of rubber; drawing-pens are often equipped with
such a needle point in the end of the handle, that is visible only when
the pen is unscrewed from the handle; but in the absence of one of this
kind the point of the divider leg will be of use.

Mechanical construction drawings represent a large amount of mental and
manual work, as well as a considerable cost in money; hence, they are of
value quite as much as property which has been acquired by the
expenditure of either labor or capital. It is wise to keep copies of
original designs and sketches, as well as data and formulæ, for record
and comparison.

The best system for keeping drawings is to make them of certain standard
sizes, and to keep them flat, unrolled, in drawers, numbered, lettered
and labeled.

In an office where space is limited and drawings have to be rolled it is
well to use a number of pasteboard cases about three feet long and three
inches in diameter. These are shown in fig. 294.

A puncture can be made near the top and, when a new drawing or
blue-print is inserted in this cylindrical case, a cardboard tag can be
looped through the puncture. This label will give the title and number
of drawings in that case.

A manuscript book methodically and neatly kept should tell immediately
the number of the drawing and the case.

Fig. 293 is good for practice in line drawing and also as an optical
illusion. “You look and are deceived. At first glance you say, ‘Of
course, those two lines are curved.’ You are mistaken. They are exactly
parallel. In order to prove this hold them up edgewise to the eye. It
is, of course, the subsidiary lines which lead the vision astray. It is
a case of first impressions being quite wrong.”


[Illustration: LINEAR PERSPECTIVE]

[Illustration: Fig. 295.]




Linear Perspective.


It should be mentioned that this subject is outside the limits of
mechanical drawing, which only deals with objects that can be measured,
projected or dimensioned to an accurate scale.

But, in rounding out the more formal subjects it is well to look a
little outside the rigid lines of mechanics into the methods of nature,
for no system of teaching drawing is complete that does not include some
explanations for sketching from nature--the objects being always around
the student, the eye always clear to see and the hand only needing the
training to make permanent the impressions received.

The word perspective means to _see through_; the word perspective being
derived from the Latin word _perspicere_, to look through, hence,
perspective is a science which teaches us to _see_ correctly and enables
us to represent the _appearance_ of anything we may wish to draw; care
should be taken in perspective drawing, to select objects interesting in
themselves, and the best specimens of their class, so as to cultivate
taste, while they at the same time afford useful and instructive drawing
lessons.

The meaning of the term linear perspective is a line view; the previous
examples have been composed of surfaces placed fronting the eye;
perspective is the science which treats of the changes of form produced
by viewing them in various oblique positions.

The slightest alteration of _position_ will change the _appearance_ of
an object; this can be easily shown--for illustration take a coin, the
actual shape of which is a perfect round; or, strictly speaking, a
circle. If we take the coin between the thumb and the first finger,
holding it in an upright position, and exactly facing the eyes, as in
Fig. 296, it appears of its true form, viz., a circle. If we alter its
position, balancing it upon the thumb, in a level position, with its
edge directly opposite the eye, as in Fig. 297, its appearance is
changed, and what we know to be really a circle, appears to us as a
straight line.

[Illustration: Fig. 296.--Fig. 297.--Fig. 298.]

Now, still balancing the coin upon the thumb, but changing its position
with regard to the eye, by holding it a little lower than in the last
position, that is slightly beneath the level of the eye, as in fig. 298,
we see both the edge and the surface, the coin now appearing neither a
circle nor a straight line, but a curved figure of an elliptical form.
Thus the same coin held in three different positions has assumed three
different shapes.

Let us take two coins of the same size, holding (in the position shown
at fig. 296) one in each hand. Now, closing one eye, (which will make
the experiment more clear), hold one coin out at arm’s length, and the
other at about the distance of a foot from the eye. On comparing them,
we find that the coin which is further from the eye appears less than
the nearer one. We know that the coins are really equal in size, yet one
appears smaller than the other.

We thus see that when we change the position of an object, we have as a
consequence a change of appearance; also that the change of appearance
may affect both the shape and the size of the object.

These diversities of appearance may be remarked in everything around us.
We can observe them in the street by looking at a building from
different points of view, or by comparing the apparent sizes of the
street lamps; in the railway station, by watching the arriving or
departing train; and at sea, by noticing the vessels as they approach,
or as they retire, ultimately vanishing from our sight in that line
where the sea and sky appear to meet.

All these interesting variations of appearance are in strict accordance
with the laws of =GEOMETRY= and =OPTICS=. The former subject has been
enlarged upon beginning with page 81 of this work, where a line, a
point, an angle, etc., are defined; other terms are explained at page 41
and the following pages; to these we add a few definitions essential to
the subject.

=A PLANE= is a surface which is perfectly even and flat; to use a
familiar illustration, a plane is like the surface of a sheet of plate
glass; recollect particularly, that a surface which is at all curved, is
not a plane.

The =GROUND-PLANE= is the plane on which we stand; the _base-line_ is an
imaginary line passing through the middle of the feet as we stand square
and erect; and the _vertical plane_ is supposed to stand on the
base-line and perpendicular to it.

[Illustration: Fig. 299.--See page 255.]

Planes are parallel to each other when they are throughout their entire
surfaces the same distance apart.

[Illustration: Fig. 300.]

=THE PERSPECTIVE PLANE= is an upright square of glass, usually framed
like a picture, with a base, so that it can stand up alone. This is
placed between the eye of the spectator and the subject to be drawn, and
as the drawing is sometimes made directly upon it, it is sometimes
called the _Picture_ or the _Plane of the Picture_.

[Illustration: Fig. 301.]

=HORIZONTAL= means perfectly level, like the surface of still water. We
must be careful to understand perfectly the difference between the terms
“level” and “even” or “flat.” A surface may be even or flat, without
being level. Thus the wall is even and flat, but it is upright, not
level; level means a fixed, constant position.

In fig. 301 a house is shown in perspective in which the line _H L_ is
the line of the horizon and _V P_ is the,--

=VANISHING POINT.=--The vanishing point is familiarly represented by the
rails on a trolley track on a straight road, which seem to approach each
other in the distance, as shown in fig. 302 at _V P_.

[Illustration: Fig. 302.]

_All parallel lines seen in perspective appear to meet in the same
vanishing point._

The value of the vanishing point may be seen in the view of a wooden
house, fig. 303, where it (_V P_) gives direction to the retiring lines
of the roof, side planks and door.

[Illustration: Fig. 303.]

=POINT OF SIGHT.=--This is that point in the eye where the lines or rays
from the object cross each other, as shown at _P_ in fig. 305, also in
fig. 299 at _S_.

=VERTICAL= means perfectly upright. If we attach a piece of thread to a
weight, a small piece of lead for example, and hold the thread with the
lead hanging downwards, the thread will fall in an upright or vertical
position.

=PARALLEL= lines are said to be parallel to each other when they are
throughout their whole lengths the same distance apart.

=PERPENDICULAR.= When one straight line, meeting another, makes the
angles at the point of contact equal, each of the angles is called a
right angle, and the lines are said to be perpendicular to each other.
Remember especially that perpendicular and vertical have not the same
meaning. Vertical means an unvarying upright position. Perpendicular
means that one line or plane meets another line or plane at right
angles.

The fig. 295 on page 246 is a study in perspective, showing a water
reflection. As rays from every visible part of the object are reflected,
all following the same law, the reflection will appear to the eye
_inverted_, and of the _same size as the object_. The arch itself forms
the upper half of a hollow cylinder, and the reflection forms the lower
half. The reflection shows much more of the interior of the arch than
can be seen directly. The leaning tree, the boy fishing, and the
receding banks, all are seen in accordance with the laws of reflection
and perspective.

=THE HORIZONTAL LINE, THE POINT OF SIGHT AND THE VANISHING POINTS= are
the principal items. These should be studied in every room and during
every walk, and the more pleasing accidents of form stored in the mind
or committed to paper for future use.

[Illustration: Fig. 304.]

=OPTICS=, the science of sight, gives us the following laws:

1. That we see by the agency of light.

2. That light passes from objects to our eyes.

3. That light travels in straight lines, which are called Visual Rays.

The human eye may be briefly described as a chamber of a spherical or
globular form, with a circular opening in front. This circular opening
is called the pupil, and through it the visual rays pass to the interior
of the eye. The visual rays, passing from space in all directions
through the small pupil, are received upon what may be called the
interior wall of the globular chamber forming the eye (see fig. 305).
This interior wall is called the retina, and upon it the impressions of
external objects are received, just as they are received upon a screen
in a dark chamber. These impressions are conveyed by the optic nerve
from the retina to the brain.

In front of the pupil is a segment of a small sphere, composed of the
cornea and the aqueous humor, both of which are transparent, and from
their shape and density have a convergent effect upon the rays passing
through them.

Behind the pupil is the transparent crystalline lens, which, from its
shape and its elasticity, is a powerful agent in aiding the convergence
of the rays, and in bringing objects at various distances to a clear
focus upon the retina.

[Illustration: Fig. 305.]

The pupil has the power of contraction and dilation, which is influenced
by the quantity of light entering the eye, but when it is dilated to the
utmost its size is very small in comparison with the great chamber
forming the body of the eye.

In fig. 305 we have a rough sectional diagram of the eye and an object
in front of it. This object, an arrow, is seen by means of the visual
rays proceeding from it, the principal two of which are shown. The
visual ray from _A_ passes through the pupil and is received upon the
retina at _a_. In the same way the visual ray from _B_ passes through
the pupil and is received upon the retina at _b_. It will thus be seen
that the impressions or images received upon the retina are inverted;
but, by long reason and experience, the mind has acquired the habit of
determining the real positions of objects, and does not, though the
image is so received, imagine them to be upside down.

It will also be observed, in the same way, that that portion of an
object which is upon the right will be pictured upon the retina upon the
left, and _vice versa_, but the mind, for the reasons before stated,
never imagines the object to be reversed. This fact is another proof
that, as mentioned at the commencement of our study, to see accurately
is a matter of education and practice.

And first of Optics; it was asserted, page 252, that we see by the
agency of light which passes from objects to our eyes in straight lines
which are called Visual Rays.

We see by the agency of light, as all objects, except such as may be
styled self-luminous, when placed in a dark chamber are not perceivable
by us, except by touch, smell or hearing; we cannot _see_ them; they are
invisible. But when, by removing a shutter or igniting a flame, we
introduce something to the chamber which was not present when the
chamber was dark, we become at once conscious of the appearance of the
object, we perceive it by the sense of sight.

This something which must always be present to enable us to see, is
called Light; all objects are made visible to the sense of seeing by its
agency.

Without light, natural or artificial, it would be impossible to
distinguish one object from another.

[Illustration: Fig. 306.]

That the Visual Rays pass from objects in straight lines to the eye may
be proved by the following experiment (see fig. 306):--Pierce two
screens with a large pin, and place them so that the holes are in a
straight line with a flame, as the light of a candle or lamp. On fixing
the eye to one of these holes we are able to see the flame; but if we
slightly move the flame, one of the screens, or the eye, the flame is no
longer visible. To be visible, the flame, the holes in the screens, and
the eye must all be in the same straight line. See fig. 306.

In fig. 299 the picture plane is represented by the rectangle _W X Y Z_.
Although the picture plane is here shown as a rectangle, it may be of
any shape or of any size.

The observer is at _S_, looking through the picture plane at the cross
_R C O H_. The observer is standing upon a horizontal surface, which is
called the ground plane. If we are in a room, the window may be called a
picture plane and the floor a ground plane.

The picture plane rests, as it were, upon the ground plane, in a line
which passes from _Y_ to _Z_. The two planes meet or intersect in this
line, which is called the ground line. The ground line is sometimes
called the picture line, or the measuring line.

The visual rays, by means of which the observer sees the cross, will, in
their course from it to the eye, pass through the picture plane. These
visual rays will intersect the picture plane in a number of points, and
if we mark the true positions of these points the result will be a
perspective image of the cross.

The rays are shown passing from the cross to the eye of the observer,
and meeting the picture plane in points _r_, _c_, _o_, _h_; _r_ being
joined to _o_, and _c_ to _h_, we have the perspective image of the
cross as it would appear to the observer at _S_. Of course an infinite
number of rays proceed from the cross to the eye of the observer; but it
is quite evident that we need only consider those proceeding from the
extremities of the object.


Scale or Approximate Perspective.

  Real, or true perspective, represents the object exactly as it is seen
  in nature, where the parts that are far away from the eye of the
  observer appear smaller than those nearby. Occasions arise, however,
  in practical life, with its numerous phases of industrial
  requirements, where the convenience of showing the complete form of
  the object in a single view might preferably be coupled with the
  convenience of scale dimensions.

This has led to a modified perspective, that sacrifices some of the
accuracy in the appearance of the object to gain the advantage of scale
dimensions; this form of perspective may be distinguished by the
name--_approximate or scale perspective_--which does not represent the
object exactly as seen in nature, but where those parts that are afar
off are shown of the same size as those that are near by, and where the
lines that run out into space are parallel to each other and do not
converge into a vanishing point.

To represent an object in perspective, the horizon and the point of
vision will have to appear in the drawing as the fundamental starting
points.

Three dimensions are distinguished for the fixing of an object in space
from a certain reference point. They are height, breadth and thickness,
and are in their direction square to each other. The height is the
fundamental direction, being derived from the direction of gravity, that
invariably extends to the center of the earth.

All directions in the perspective determination of an object are
parallel to these.

Vertical lines and planes point toward the center of the earth, while
horizontal planes, including the directions of breadth and thickness,
are square to the vertical direction. In this, the principal visual ray
extends in the direction of thickness.

For a clear understanding of perspective, it must be firmly fixed in
mind, that for each prominent point of the object behind the picture
plane, a corresponding point lies in the picture plane, in that position
where a straight line or ray of sight that is going from the eye to the
point of the object, cuts through the picture plane.

Suppose we could replace these rays of sight by thin, visible threads of
wire that would go through little holes in the picture plane, we could
then walk around this bundle of rays, and by looking at it from three
different directions, we would get three different views of it. We may
look upon it from the top, from the side or from the end, where the
bundle of rays all concentrate in the eye of the observer.

[Illustration: Fig. 307.]

Figs. 307 and 308 show, in two cases, how these three views would
appear. The end views are those where the perspective picture appears on
the plane, while the top and side views only show where the rays
intersect the picture plane. The top view shows how far, for example,
point _A_ is distant from a vertical line _O Z_, while the side view
shows how far point _A_ is below horizontal line _O X_, which is at the
same height above the ground as the eye of the observer, _O_. Thus, all
points of the cube can be located on the picture plane, and the outlines
of the cube reproduced in perspective.

[Illustration: Fig. 308.]

Modified arrangements are shown in figs. 309 and 310 for parallel and
angular perspective.

[Illustration: Fig. 309.]

The views are so arranged in relation to each other that the picture
plane in the top view is parallel to the horizon and the ground-line,
which latter is the intersection of the picture plane with the level
ground of the end or perspective view. At the same time the eye of the
observer is in one and the same vertical line for both views, two
vanishing points may be found in the horizon outside of the principal
visual ray. To find the position of these two vanishing points in the
picture plane, the modified top view, fig. 310, is used.

[Illustration: Fig. 310.]

As all lines that end in a vanishing point must be parallel in reality,
this parallelism may be seen in the top view and lines through the eye
of the observer, parallel to the directions of the main lines of the
object, will cut the picture plane at the vanishing points.

Through these two vanishing points the directions of two sets of lines
are found, the starting points of which are determined from the plane of
measurement. The third set of lines, being vertical, also appears
vertical and parallel in the picture.

The position of each vertical line is found in the top view, where the
light rays from the observing eye to the ends of the vertical lines
intersect with the picture plane. Projecting these points down upon the
rays to the vanishing points produces the vertical lines in the picture.

For example, in fig. 311, the purpose of perspective is entirely
defeated by placing the eye of the observer directly in front of the
object and arriving at the view taken in mechanical drawing which needs
supplementary views for complete comprehension of the form of the
object.

[Illustration: Fig. 311.]

In fig. 312 the eye of the observer is first placed directly opposite
the object, then it sees the object to the left but a short distance
away, while in the third figure the observer is farther away from the
object. In each case the picture plane and plane of measurement is at
the front face of the cube.

[Illustration: Fig. 312.]

[Illustration: Fig. 312 (second part).]

For such simple objects, it is not necessary to draw the top view at
all. The only reminder of the top view is the eye or point of vision,
the picture plane that falls together for the sake of convenience with
the horizon of the end view and the ray that determines the measurement
point _M_, which is, in this suppressed reproduction, absolutely
necessary, in order to find the apparent position of the real corners
behind the picture plane.

So far, only square or sharp-cornered objects have been represented in
perspective.

It is evident, however, that round objects can also be shown in linear
perspective, placing reference lines on the object and representing
these as if they were real lines. A cylinder is thus shown in fig. 313
of which the end planes will appear very distinctly in sharp outlines.

[Illustration: Fig. 313.]

Vertically, only the outlines of the cylinder, as contrasted against
space, will appear as distinct outlines, while the reference lines will
not appear and are therefore shown only as dotted lines.

Fig. 314 shows the approximate or scale perspective with all the axes
drawn and the corresponding angles and scales marked. The outlines of
the object running in these directions appear all parallel to the axes.

The approximate or scale perspective completely avoids all the
difficulties of choosing a point of sight, of having several views,
vanishing points and measurement points, and thus offers a
representative view, with a great saving of time and labor. Particularly
for mechanical purposes, where an artistic impression is not called for,
it presents a distinct advantage over the true or real perspective.

[Illustration: Fig. 314.]


[Illustration: TABLES

AND

INDEX]

[Illustration: MARINERS’ COMPASS.]




Useful Tables for Draughtsmen.


TABLE OF DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS.

8ths, 16ths, 32ds and 64ths of an Inch.

  8ths.

  ¹⁄₈ = .125
  ¹⁄₄ = .250
  ³⁄₈ = .375
  ¹⁄₂ = .500
  ⁵⁄₈ = .625
  ³⁄₄ = .750
  ⁷⁄₈ = .875

  16ths.

   ¹⁄₁₆ = .0625
   ³⁄₁₆ = .1875
   ⁵⁄₁₆ = .3125
   ⁷⁄₁₆ = .4375
   ⁹⁄₁₆ = .5625
  ¹¹⁄₁₆ = .6875
  ¹³⁄₁₆ = .8125
  ¹⁵⁄₁₆ = .9375

  32nds.

   ¹⁄₃₂ = .03125
   ³⁄₃₂ = .09375
   ⁵⁄₃₂ = .15625
   ⁷⁄₃₂ = .21875
   ⁹⁄₃₂ = .28125
  ¹¹⁄₃₂ = .34375
  ¹³⁄₃₂ = .40625
  ¹⁵⁄₃₂ = .46875
  ¹⁷⁄₃₂ = .53125
  ¹⁹⁄₃₂ = .59375
  ²¹⁄₃₂ = .65625
  ²³⁄₃₂ = .71875
  ²⁵⁄₃₂ = .78125
  ²⁷⁄₃₂ = .84375
  ²⁹⁄₃₂ = .90625
  ³¹⁄₃₂ = .96875

  64ths.

   ¹⁄₆₄ = .015625
   ³⁄₆₄ = .046875
   ⁵⁄₆₄ = .078125
   ⁷⁄₆₄ = .109375
   ⁹⁄₆₄ = .140625
  ¹¹⁄₆₄ = .171875
  ¹³⁄₆₄ = .203125
  ¹⁵⁄₆₄ = .234375
  ¹⁷⁄₆₄ = .265625
  ¹⁹⁄₆₄ = .296875
  ²¹⁄₆₄ = .328125
  ²³⁄₆₄ = .359375
  ²⁵⁄₆₄ = .390625
  ²⁷⁄₆₄ = .421875
  ²⁹⁄₆₄ = .453125
  ³¹⁄₆₄ = .484375
  ³³⁄₆₄ = .515625
  ³⁵⁄₆₄ = .546875
  ³⁷⁄₆₄ = .578125
  ³⁹⁄₆₄ = .609375
  ⁴¹⁄₆₄ = .640625
  ⁴³⁄₆₄ = .671875
  ⁴⁵⁄₆₄ = .703125
  ⁴⁷⁄₆₄ = .734375
  ⁴⁹⁄₆₄ = .765625
  ⁵¹⁄₆₄ = .796875
  ⁵³⁄₆₄ = .828125
  ⁵⁵⁄₆₄ = .859375
  ⁵⁷⁄₆₄ = .890625
  ⁵⁹⁄₆₄ = .921875
  ⁶¹⁄₆₄ = .953125
  ⁶³⁄₆₄ = .984375


TABLE OF DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS

Of Millimeters and Fractions of Millimeters.

  _mm._  _Inches._

   ¹⁄₅₀ = .00079
   ²⁄₅₀ = .00157
   ³⁄₅₀ = .00236
   ⁴⁄₅₀ = .00315
   ⁵⁄₅₀ = .00394
   ⁶⁄₅₀ = .00472
   ⁷⁄₅₀ = .00551
   ⁸⁄₅₀ = .00630
   ⁹⁄₅₀ = .00709
  ¹⁰⁄₅₀ = .00787
  ¹¹⁄₅₀ = .00866
  ¹²⁄₅₀ = .00945
  ¹³⁄₅₀ = .01024
  ¹⁴⁄₅₀ = .01102
  ¹⁵⁄₅₀ = .01181
  ¹⁶⁄₅₀ = .01260
  ¹⁷⁄₅₀ = .01339
  ¹⁸⁄₅₀ = .01417
  ¹⁹⁄₅₀ = .01496
  ²⁰⁄₅₀ = .01575
  ²¹⁄₅₀ = .01654
  ²²⁄₅₀ = .01732
  ²³⁄₅₀ = .01811
  ²⁴⁄₅₀ = .01890
  ²⁵⁄₅₀ = .01969
  ²⁶⁄₅₀ = .02047
  ²⁷⁄₅₀ = .02126
  ²⁸⁄₅₀ = .02205
  ²⁹⁄₅₀ = .02283
  ³⁰⁄₅₀ = .02362
  ³¹⁄₅₀ = .02441
  ³²⁄₅₀ = .02520
  ³³⁄₅₀ = .02598
  ³⁴⁄₅₀ = .02677
  ³⁵⁄₅₀ = .02756
  ³⁶⁄₅₀ = .02835
  ³⁷⁄₅₀ = .02913
  ³⁸⁄₅₀ = .02992
  ³⁹⁄₅₀ = .03071
  ⁴⁰⁄₅₀ = .03150
  ⁴¹⁄₅₀ = .03228
  ⁴²⁄₅₀ = .03307
  ⁴³⁄₅₀ = .03386
  ⁴⁴⁄₅₀ = .03465
  ⁴⁵⁄₅₀ = .03543
  ⁴⁶⁄₅₀ = .03622
  ⁴⁷⁄₅₀ = .03701
  ⁴⁸⁄₅₀ = .03780
  ⁴⁹⁄₅₀ = .03858
      1 = .03937
      2 = .07874
      3 = .11811
      4 = .15748
      5 = .19685
      6 = .23622
      7 = .27559
      8 = .31496
      9 = .35433
     10 = .39370
     11 = .43307
     12 = .47244
     13 = .51181
     14 = .55118
     15 = .59055
     16 = .62992
     17 = .66929
     18 = .70866
     19 = .74803
     20 = .78740
     21 = .82677
     22 = .86614
     23 = .90551
     24 = .94488
     25 = .98425
     26 = 1.02362

  10 mm.   = 1 Centimeter = 0.3937 inches.
  10 cm.   = 1 Decimeter  = 3.937     „
  10 dm.   = 1 Meter      = 39.37     „
  25.4 mm. = 1 English Inch.


RULES RELATIVE TO THE CIRCLE.

The circle contains a greater area than any other plane figure bounded
by an equal perimeter or outline.

TO FIND CIRCUMFERENCE--

  Multiply  diameter by 3.1416.
  Or divide diameter by 0.3183.

TO FIND DIAMETER--

  Multiply  circumference by 0.3183.
  Or divide circumference by 3.1416.

TO FIND RADIUS--

  Multiply  circumference by 0.15915.
  Or divide circumference by 6.28318.

TO FIND SIDE OF AN INSCRIBED SQUARE--

  Multiply diameter         by 0.7071.
  Or multiply circumference by 0.2251.
  Or divide   circumference by 4.4428.

TO FIND SIDE OF AN EQUAL SQUARE--

  Multiply  diameter        by 0.8862.
  Or divide diameter        by 1.1284.
  Or multiply circumference by 0.2821.
  Or divide   circumference by 3.545.

SQUARE--

  A side multiplied by 1.4142 equals diameter of its circumscribing
                                     circle.
  A side multiplied by 4.443  equals circumference of its circumscribing
                                     circle.
  A side multiplied by 1.128  equals diameter      }
  A side multiplied by 3.545  equals circumference } of an equal circle.
  A side multiplied by 1.273  equals circle inches }

TO FIND THE AREA OF A CIRCLE--

  Multiply circumference by one-quarter of the diameter.
  Or multiply the square of diameter      by 0.7854.
  Or multiply the square of circumference by  .07958.
  Or multiply the square of ¹⁄₂ diameter  by 3.1416.

  Contents of cylinder = area of end × length. Contents of wedge = area
  of base × ¹⁄₂ altitude. Surface of cylinder = area of both ends ×
  length × circumference. Surface of sphere = diameter squared × 3.1416,
  or = diameter × circumference. Contents of sphere = diameter cubed ×
  .5236. Contents of pyramid or cone, right or oblique, regular or
  irregular = area of base × ¹⁄₃ altitude. Area of triangle = base × ¹⁄₂
  altitude. Area of parallelogram = base × altitude. Area of trapezoid =
  altitude × ¹⁄₂ the sum of parallel sides.


ROMAN TABLE.

      I. denotes One.
     II.    „    Two.
    III.    „    Three.
     IV.    „    Four.
      V.    „    Five.
     VI.    „    Six.
    VII.    „    Seven.
   VIII.    „    Eight.
     IX.    „    Nine.
      X.    „    Ten.
     XI.    „    Eleven.
    XII.    „    Twelve.
   XIII.    „    Thirteen.
    XIV.    „    Fourteen.
     XV.    „    Fifteen.
    XVI.    „    Sixteen.
   XVII.    „    Seventeen.
  XVIII.    „    Eighteen.
    XIX.    „    Nineteen.
     XX.    „    Twenty.
    XXX.    „    Thirty.
     XL.    „    Forty.
      L.    „    Fifty.
     LX.    „    Sixty.
    LXX.    „    Seventy.
   LXXX.    „    Eighty.
     XC.    „    Ninety.
      C.    „    One hundred.
      D.    „    Five hundred.
      M.    „    One thousand.
      X̅.    „    Ten thousand.
      M̅.    „    One million.


SOLID MEASURE, OR CUBIC MEASURE.

This is used in measuring bodies, or things having length, breadth and
height or depth.

TABLE.

  1728 cubic inches (cu. in.) make 1 cubic foot (cu. ft.).
    27 cubic feet,             „   1 cubic yard (cu. yd.).
   128 cubic feet,             „   1 cord (C.).


CIRCULAR MEASURE.

   60 seconds (″) make 1 minute (′).
   60 minutes       „  1 degree (°).
  360 degrees       „  1 circum. (C.).

The circumference of every circle whatever, is supposed to be divided
into 360 equal parts, called _degrees_.

A degree is ¹⁄₃₆₀ of the circumference of any circle, small or large.

A quadrant is a fourth of a circumference, or an arc of 90 degrees.

A degree is divided into 60 parts called minutes, expressed by the sign
(′), and each minute is divided into 60 seconds, expressed by (″); so
that the circumference of any circle contains 21,600 minutes, or
1,296,000 seconds.


LONG MEASURE--MEASURES OF LENGTH.

  12 inches    = 1 foot.
   3 feet      = 1 yard.
   5¹⁄₂ yards  = 1 rod.
  40 rods      = 1 furlong.
   8 furlongs  = 1 common mile.
   3 miles     = 1 league.

The mile (5,280 feet) of the above table is the legal mile of the United
States and England, and is called the statute mile.


Tables of Diameters, Circumferences and Areas of Circles.

  -----+-----------+----------
  Diam.|    Area.  |  Circum.
  -----+-----------+----------
   0.0 |           |
    .1 |    .007854|   .31416
    .2 |    .031416|   .62832
    .3 |    .070686|   .94248
    .4 |    .12566 |  1.2566
       |           |
    .5 |    .19735 |  1.5708
    .6 |    .28274 |  1.8850
    .7 |    .38485 |  2.1991
    .8 |    .50266 |  2.5133
    .9 |    .63617 |  2.8274
       |           |
   1.0 |    .7854  |  3.1416
    .1 |    .9503  |  3.4558
    .2 |   1.1310  |  3.7699
    .3 |   1.3273  |  4.0841
    .4 |   1.5394  |  4.3982
       |           |
    .5 |   1.7671  |  4.7124
    .6 |   2.0106  |  5.0265
    .7 |   2.2698  |  5.3407
    .8 |   2.5447  |  5.6549
    .9 |   2.8353  |  5.9690
       |           |
   2.0 |   3.1416  |  6.2832
    .1 |   3.4636  |  6.5973
    .2 |   3.8013  |  6.9115
    .3 |   4.1548  |  7.2257
    .4 |   4.5239  |  7.5398
       |           |
    .5 |   4.9087  |  7.8540
    .6 |   5.3093  |  8.1681
    .7 |   5.7256  |  8.4823
    .8 |   6.1575  |  8.7965
    .9 |   6.6052  |  9.1106
       |           |
   3.0 |   7.0686  |  9.4248
    .1 |   7.5477  |  9.7389
    .2 |   8.0425  | 10.0531
    .3 |   8.5530  | 10.3673
    .4 |   9.0792  | 10.6814
       |           |
    .5 |   9.6211  | 10.9956
    .6 |  10.1788  | 11.3097
    .7 |  10.7521  | 11.6239
    .8 |  11.3411  | 11.9381
    .9 |  11.9456  | 12.2522
       |           |
   4.0 |  12.5664  | 12.5664
    .1 |  13.2025  | 12.8805
    .2 |  13.8544  | 13.1947
    .3 |  14.5220  | 13.5088
    .4 |  15.2053  | 13.8230
       |           |
    .5 |  15.9043  | 14.1372
    .6 |  16.6190  | 14.4513
    .7 |  17.3494  | 14.7655
    .8 |  18.0956  | 15.0796
    .9 |  18.8574  | 15.3938
       |           |
   5.0 |  19.6350  | 15.7080
    .1 |  20.4282  | 16.0221
    .2 |  21.2372  | 16.3363
    .3 |  22.0618  | 16.6504
    .4 |  22.9022  | 16.9646
       |           |
    .5 |  23.7583  | 17.2788
    .6 |  24.6301  | 17.5929
    .7 |  25.5176  | 17.9071
    .8 |  26.4208  | 18.2212
    .9 |  27.3397  | 18.5354
       |           |
   6.0 |  28.2743  | 18.8496
    .1 |  29.2247  | 19.1637
    .2 |  30.1907  | 19.4779
    .3 |  31.1725  | 19.7920
    .4 |  32.1699  | 20.1062
       |           |
    .5 |  33.1831  | 20.4204
    .6 |  34.2119  | 20.7345
    .7 |  35.2565  | 21.0487
    .8 |  36.3168  | 21.3628
    .9 |  37.3928  | 21.6770
       |           |
   7.0 |  38.4845  | 21.9911
    .1 |  39.5919  | 22.3053
    .2 |  40.7150  | 22.6195
    .3 |  41.8539  | 22.9336
    .4 |  43.0084  | 23.2478
       |           |
    .5 |  44.1786  | 23.5619
    .6 |  45.3646  | 23.8761
    .7 |  46.5663  | 24.1903
    .8 |  47.7836  | 24.5044
    .9 |  49.0167  | 24.8186
       |           |
   8.0 |  50.2655  | 25.1327
    .1 |  51.5300  | 25.4469
    .2 |  52.8102  | 25.7611
    .3 |  54.1061  | 26.0752
    .4 |  55.4177  | 26.3894
       |           |
    .5 |  56.7450  | 26.7035
    .6 |  58.0880  | 27.0177
    .7 |  59.4468  | 27.3319
    .8 |  60.8212  | 27.6460
    .9 |  62.2114  | 27.9602
       |           |
   9.0 |  63.6173  | 28.2743
    .1 |  65.0388  | 28.5885
    .2 |  66.4761  | 28.9027
    .3 |  67.9291  | 29.2168
    .4 |  69.3978  | 29.5310
       |           |
    .5 |  70.8822  | 29.8451
    .6 |  72.3823  | 30.1593
    .7 |  73.8981  | 30.4734
    .8 |  75.4296  | 30.7876
    .9 |  76.9769  | 31.1018
       |           |
  10.0 |  78.5398  | 31.4159
    .1 |  80.1185  | 31.7301
    .2 |  81.7128  | 32.0442
    .3 |  83.3229  | 32.3584
    .4 |  84.9487  | 32.6726
       |           |
    .5 |  86.5901  | 32.9887
    .6 |  88.2473  | 33.3009
    .7 |  89.9202  | 33.6150
    .8 |  91.6088  | 33.9292
    .9 |  93.3132  | 34.2434
       |           |
  11.0 |  95.0332  | 34.5575
    .1 |  96.7689  | 34.8717
    .2 |  98.5203  | 35.1858
    .3 | 100.2875  | 35.5000
    .4 | 102.0703  | 35.8142
       |           |
    .5 | 103.8689  | 36.1283
    .6 | 105.6832  | 36.4425
    .7 | 107.5132  | 36.7566
    .8 | 109.3588  | 37.0708
    .9 | 111.2202  | 37.3850
       |           |
  12.0 | 113.0973  | 37.6991
    .1 | 114.9901  | 38.0133
    .2 | 116.8987  | 38.3274
    .3 | 118.8229  | 38.6416
    .4 | 120.7628  | 38.9557
       |           |
    .5 | 122.7185  | 39.2099
    .6 | 124.6898  | 39.6841
    .7 | 126.6769  | 39.8982
    .8 | 128.6796  | 40.2121
    .9 | 130.6981  | 40.5265
       |           |
  13.0 | 132.7323  | 40.8407
    .1 | 134.7822  | 41.1549
    .2 | 136.8478  | 41.4690
    .3 | 138.9291  | 41.7832
    .4 | 141.0261  | 42.0973
       |           |
    .5 | 143.1388  | 42.4116
    .6 | 145.2672  | 42.7257
    .7 | 147.4114  | 43.0398
    .8 | 149.5712  | 43.3540
    .9 | 151.7468  | 43.6681
       |           |
  14.0 | 153.9380  | 43.9823
    .1 | 156.1450  | 44.2965
    .2 | 158.3677  | 44.6106
    .3 | 160.6061  | 44.9248
    .4 | 162.8602  | 45.2389
       |           |
    .5 | 165.1300  | 45.5531
    .6 | 167.4155  | 45.8673
    .7 | 169.7167  | 46.1814
    .8 | 172.0336  | 46.4956
    .9 | 174.3662  | 46.8097
       |           |
  15.0 | 176.7146  | 47.1239
    .1 | 179.0786  | 47.4380
    .2 | 181.4584  | 47.7522
    .3 | 183.8539  | 48.0664
    .4 | 186.2650  | 48.3805
       |           |
    .5 | 188.6919  | 48.6947
    .6 | 191.1345  | 49.0088
    .7 | 193.5928  | 49.3230
    .8 | 196.0668  | 49.6372
    .9 | 198.5565  | 49.9513
       |           |
  16.0 | 201.0619  | 50.2655
    .1 | 203.5831  | 50.5796
    .2 | 206.1199  | 50.8938
    .3 | 208.6724  | 51.2080
    .4 | 211.2407  | 51.5221
       |           |
    .5 | 213.8246  | 51.8363
    .6 | 216.4243  | 52.1504
    .7 | 219.0397  | 52.4646
    .8 | 221.6708  | 52.7788
    .9 | 224.3176  | 53.0929
       |           |
  17.0 | 226.9801  | 53.4071
    .1 | 229.6583  | 53.7212
    .2 | 232.3522  | 54.0354
    .3 | 235.0618  | 54.3496
    .4 | 237.7871  | 54.6637
       |           |
    .5 | 240.5282  | 54.9779
    .6 | 243.2849  | 55.2920
    .7 | 246.0574  | 55.6062
    .8 | 248.8456  | 55.9203
    .9 | 251.6494  | 56.2345
       |           |
  18.0 | 254.4690  | 56.5486
    .1 | 257.3043  | 56.8628
    .2 | 260.1553  | 57.1770
    .3 | 263.0220  | 57.4911
    .4 | 265.9044  | 57.8053
       |           |
    .5 | 268.8025  | 58.1195
    .6 | 271.7164  | 58.4336
    .7 | 274.6459  | 58.7478
    .8 | 277.5911  | 59.0619
    .9 | 280.5521  | 59.3761
       |           |
  19.0 | 283.5287  | 59.6903
    .1 | 286.5211  | 60.0044
    .2 | 289.5292  | 60.3186
    .3 | 292.5530  | 60.6327
    .4 | 295.5925  | 60.9469
       |           |
    .5 | 298.6477  | 61.2611
    .6 | 301.7186  | 61.5752
    .7 | 304.8052  | 61.8894
    .8 | 307.9075  | 62.2035
    .9 | 311.0255  | 62.5177
       |           |
  20.0 | 314.1593  | 62.8319
    .1 | 317.3087  | 63.1460
    .2 | 320.4739  | 63.4602
    .3 | 323.6547  | 63.7743
    .4 | 326.8513  | 64.0885
       |           |
    .5 | 330.0636  | 64.4026
    .6 | 333.2916  | 64.7168
    .7 | 336.5353  | 65.0310
    .8 | 339.7947  | 65.3451
    .9 | 343.0698  | 65.6593
       |           |
  21.0 | 346.3606  | 65.9734
    .1 | 349.6671  | 66.2876
    .2 | 352.9894  | 66.6018
    .3 | 356.3273  | 66.9159
    .4 | 359.6809  | 67.2301
       |           |
    .5 | 363.0503  | 67.5442
    .6 | 266.4354  | 67.8584
    .7 | 369.8361  | 68.1726
    .8 | 373.2526  | 68.4867
    .9 | 376.6848  | 68.8009
       |           |
  22.0 | 380.1327  | 69.1150
    .1 | 383.5963  | 69.4292
    .2 | 387.0756  | 69.7434
    .3 | 390.5707  | 70.0575
    .4 | 394.0814  | 70.3717
       |           |
    .5 | 397.6078  | 70.6858
    .6 | 401.1500  | 71.0000
    .7 | 404.7078  | 71.3142
    .8 | 408.2814  | 71.6283
    .9 | 411.8707  | 71.9425
       |           |
  23.0 | 415.4756  | 72.2566
    .1 | 419.0993  | 72.5708
    .2 | 422.7327  | 72.8849
    .3 | 426.3848  | 73.1991
    .4 | 430.0526  | 73.5133
       |           |
    .5 | 433.7361  | 73.8274
    .6 | 437.4354  | 74.1416
    .7 | 441.1503  | 74.4557
    .8 | 444.8809  | 74.7699
    .9 | 448.6273  | 75.0841
       |           |
  24.0 | 452.3893  | 75.3982
    .1 | 456.1671  | 75.7424
    .2 | 459.9606  | 76.0265
    .3 | 463.7693  | 76.3407
    .4 | 467.5947  | 76.6549
       |           |
    .5 | 471.4352  | 76.9690
    .6 | 475.2916  | 77.2832
    .7 | 479.1636  | 77.5973
    .8 | 483.0513  | 77.9115
    .9 | 486.9547  | 78.2257
       |           |
  25.0 | 490.8739  | 78.5398
    .1 | 494.8087  | 78.8540
    .2 | 498.7592  | 79.1681
    .3 | 502.7255  | 79.4823
    .4 | 506.7075  | 79.7965
       |           |
    .5 | 510.7052  | 80.1106
    .6 | 514.7185  | 80.4248
    .7 | 518.7476  | 80.7389
    .8 | 522.7924  | 81.0531
    .9 | 526.8529  | 81.3672
       |           |
  26.0 | 530.9292  | 81.6814
    .1 | 535.0211  | 81.9956
    .2 | 539.1287  | 82.3097
    .3 | 543.2521  | 82.6239
    .4 | 547.3911  | 82.9380
       |           |
    .5 | 551.5459  | 83.2522
    .6 | 555.7163  | 83.5664
    .7 | 559.9025  | 83.8805
    .8 | 564.1044  | 84.1947
    .9 | 568.3220  | 84.5088
       |           |
  27.0 | 572.5553  | 84.8230
    .1 | 576.8043  | 85.1372
    .2 | 581.0690  | 85.4513
    .3 | 585.3494  | 85.7655
    .4 | 589.6455  | 86.0796
       |           |
    .5 | 593.9574  | 86.3938
    .6 | 598.2849  | 86.7080
    .7 | 602.6282  | 87.0221
    .8 | 606.9871  | 87.3363
    .9 | 611.3618  | 87.6504
       |           |
  28.0 | 615.7522  | 87.9646
    .1 | 620.1582  | 88.2788
    .2 | 624.5800  | 88.5929
    .3 | 629.0175  | 88.9071
    .4 | 633.4707  | 89.2212
       |           |
    .5 | 637.9397  | 89.5354
    .6 | 642.4243  | 89.8495
    .7 | 646.9246  | 90.1637
    .8 | 651.4407  | 90.4779
    .9 | 655.9724  | 90.7920
       |           |
  29.0 | 660.5199  | 91.1063
    .1 | 665.0830  | 91.4203
    .2 | 669.6619  | 91.7345
    .3 | 674.2565  | 92.0487
    .4 | 678.8668  | 92.3628
       |           |
    .5 | 683.4928  | 92.6770
    .6 | 688.1345  | 92.9911
    .7 | 692.7919  | 93.3053
    .8 | 697.4650  | 93.6195
    .9 | 702.1538  | 93.9336
       |           |
  30.0 | 706.8583  | 94.2478
    .1 | 711.5786  | 94.5610
    .2 | 716.3145  | 94.8761
    .3 | 721.0662  | 95.1903
    .4 | 725.8336  | 95.5044
       |           |
    .5 | 730.6167  | 95.8186
    .6 | 735.4154  | 96.1327
    .7 | 740.2299  | 96.4469
    .8 | 745.0601  | 96.7611
    .9 | 749.9060  | 97.0752
       |           |
  31.0 | 754.7676  | 97.3894
    .1 | 759.6450  | 97.7035
    .2 | 761.5380  | 98.0177
    .3 | 769.4467  | 98.3319
    .4 | 774.3712  | 98.6460
       |           |
    .5 | 779.3113  | 98.9602
    .6 | 784.2672  | 99.2743
    .7 | 789.2388  | 99.5885
    .8 | 794.2260  | 99.9026
    .9 | 799.2290  |100.2168
       |           |
  32.0 | 804.2477  |100.5310
    .1 | 809.2821  |100.8451
    .2 | 814.3322  |101.1593
    .3 | 819.3980  |101.4734
    .4 | 824.4796  |101.7876
       |           |
    .5 | 829.5768  |102.1018
    .6 | 834.6898  |102.4159
    .7 | 839.8185  |102.7301
    .8 | 844.9628  |103.0442
    .9 | 850.1229  |103.3584
       |           |
  33.0 | 855.2986  |103.6726
    .1 | 860.4902  |103.9867
    .2 | 865.6973  |104.3009
    .3 | 870.9202  |104.6150
    .4 | 876.1588  |104.9292
       |           |
    .5 | 881.4131  |105.2434
    .6 | 886.6831  |105.5575
    .7 | 891.9688  |105.8717
    .8 | 897.2703  |106.1858
    .9 | 902.5874  |106.5000
       |           |
  34.0 | 907.9203  |106.8142
    .1 | 913.2688  |107.1283
    .2 | 918.6331  |107.4425
    .3 | 924.0131  |107.7566
    .4 | 929.4088  |108.0708
       |           |
    .5 | 934.8202  |108.3849
    .6 | 940.2473  |108.6991
    .7 | 945.6901  |109.0133
    .8 | 951.1486  |109.3274
    .9 | 956.6228  |109.6416
       |           |
  35.0 | 962.1128  |109.9557
    .1 | 967.6184  |110.2699
    .2 | 973.1397  |110.5841
    .3 | 978.6768  |110.8982
    .4 | 984.2296  |111.2124
       |           |
    .5 | 989.7980  |111.5265
    .6 | 995.3822  |111.8407
    .7 |1000.9821  |112.1549
    .8 |1006.5977  |112.4690
    .9 |1012.2290  |112.7832
       |           |
  36.0 |1017.8760  |113.0973
    .1 |1023.5387  |113.4115
    .2 |1029.2172  |113.7257
    .3 |1034.9113  |114.0398
    .4 |1040.6212  |114.3540
       |           |
    .5 |1046.3467  |114.6681
    .6 |1052.0880  |114.9823
    .7 |1057.8449  |115.2965
    .8 |1063.6176  |115.6106
    .9 |1069.4060  |115.9248
       |           |
  37.0 |1075.2101  |116.2389
    .1 |1081.0299  |116.5531
    .2 |1086.8654  |116.8672
    .3 |1093.7166  |117.1814
    .4 |1098.5835  |117.4956
       |           |
    .5 |1104.4662  |117.8097
    .6 |1110.3645  |118.1239
    .7 |1116.2786  |118.4380
    .8 |1122.2083  |118.7522
    .9 |1128.1538  |119.0664
       |           |
  38.0 |1134.1149  |119.3805
    .1 |1140.0918  |119.6947
    .2 |1146.0844  |120.0088
    .3 |1152.0927  |120.3230
    .4 |1158.1167  |120.6372
       |           |
    .5 |1164.1564  |120.9513
    .6 |1170.2118  |121.2655
    .7 |1176.2830  |121.5796
    .8 |1182.3698  |121.8938
    .9 |1188.4724  |122.2080
       |           |
  39.0 |1194.5906  |122.5221
    .1 |1200.7246  |122.8363
    .2 |1206.8742  |123.1504
    .3 |1213.0396  |123.4646
    .4 |1219.2207  |123.7788
       |           |
    .5 |1225.4175  |124.0929
    .6 |1231.6300  |124.4071
    .7 |1237.8582  |124.7212
    .8 |1244.1021  |125.0354
    .9 |1250.3617  |125.3495
       |           |
  40.0 |1256.6371  |125.6637
    .1 |1262.9281  |125.9779
    .2 |1269.2348  |126.2920
    .3 |1275.5573  |126.6062
    .4 |1281.8955  |126.9203
       |           |
    .5 |1288.2493  |127.2345
    .6 |1294.3189  |127.5487
    .7 |1301.0042  |127.8628
    .8 |1307.4052  |128.1770
    .9 |1313.8219  |128.4911
       |           |
  41.0 |1320.2543  |128.8053
    .1 |1326.7024  |129.1195
    .2 |1333.1663  |129.4336
    .3 |1339.6458  |129.7478
    .4 |1346.1410  |130.0619
       |           |
    .5 |1352.6520  |130.3761
    .6 |1359.1786  |130.6903
    .7 |1365.7210  |131.0044
    .8 |1372.2791  |131.3186
    .9 |1378.8529  |131.6227
       |           |
  42.0 |1385.4424  |131.9469
    .1 |1392.0476  |132.2611
    .2 |1398.6685  |132.5752
    .3 |1405.3051  |132.8894
    .4 |1411.9574  |133.2035
       |           |
    .5 |1418.6254  |133.5177
    .6 |1425.3092  |133.8318
    .7 |1432.0086  |134.1460
    .8 |1438.7238  |134.4602
    .9 |1445.4546  |134.7743
       |           |
  43.0 |1452.2012  |135.0885
    .1 |1458.9635  |135.4026
    .2 |1465.7415  |135.7168
    .3 |1472.5352  |136.0310
    .4 |1479.3446  |136.3451
       |           |
    .5 |1486.1697  |136.6593
    .6 |1493.0105  |136.9734
    .7 |1499.8670  |137.2876
    .8 |1506.7393  |137.6018
    .9 |1513.6272  |137.9159
       |           |
  44.0 |1520.5308  |138.2301
    .1 |1527.4502  |138.5442
    .2 |1534.3853  |138.8584
    .3 |1541.3360  |139.1726
    .4 |1548.3025  |139.4867
       |           |
    .5 |1555.2847  |139.8009
    .6 |1562.2826  |140.1153
    .7 |1569.2063  |140.4292
    .8 |1576.3255  |140.7434
    .9 |1583.3706  |141.0575
       |           |
  45.0 |1590.4313  |141.3717
    .1 |1597.5077  |141.6858
    .2 |1604.5999  |142.0000
    .3 |1611.7077  |142.3142
    .4 |1618.8313  |142.6283
       |           |
    .5 |1625.9705  |142.9425
    .6 |1633.1255  |143.2566
    .7 |1640.2962  |143.5708
    .8 |1647.4826  |143.8849
    .9 |1654.6847  |144.1991
       |           |
  46.0 |1661.9025  |144.5133
    .1 |1669.1360  |144.8274
    .2 |1676.3853  |145.1416
    .3 |1683.6502  |145.4557
    .4 |1690.9308  |145.7699
       |           |
    .5 |1698.2272  |146.0841
    .6 |1705.5392  |146.3982
    .7 |1712.8670  |146.7124
    .8 |1720.2105  |147.0265
    .9 |1727.5697  |147.3407
       |           |
  47.0 |1734.9445  |147.6550
    .1 |1742.3351  |147.9690
    .2 |1749.7414  |148.2832
    .3 |1757.1635  |148.5973
    .4 |1764.6012  |148.9115
       |           |
    .5 |1772.0546  |149.2257
    .6 |1779.5237  |149.5398
    .7 |1787.0086  |149.8540
    .8 |1794.5091  |150.1681
    .9 |1802.0254  |150.4823
       |           |
  48.0 |1809.5574  |150.7964
    .1 |1817.1050  |151.1105
    .2 |1824.6684  |151.4248
    .3 |1832.2475  |151.7389
    .4 |1839.8423  |152.0531
       |           |
    .5 |1847.4528  |152.3672
    .6 |1855.0790  |152.6814
    .7 |1862.7210  |152.9956
    .8 |1870.3786  |153.3097
    .9 |1878.0519  |153.6239
       |           |
  49.0 |1885.7409  |153.9380
    .1 |1893.4457  |154.2522
    .2 |1901.1662  |154.5664
    .3 |1908.9024  |154.8805
    .4 |1916.6543  |155.1947
       |           |
    .5 |1924.4218  |155.5088
    .6 |1932.2051  |155.8230
    .7 |1940.0042  |156.1372
    .8 |1947.8189  |156.4513
    .9 |1955.6493  |156.7655
       |           |
  50.0 |1963.4954  |157.0796
    .1 |1971.3572  |157.3938
    .2 |1979.2348  |157.7080
    .3 |1987.1280  |158.0221
    .4 |1995.0370  |158.3363
       |           |
    .5 |2002.9617  |158.6504
    .6 |2010.9020  |158.9646
    .7 |2018.8581  |159.2787
    .8 |2026.8299  |159.5929
    .9 |2034.8174  |159.9071
       |           |
  51.0 |2042.6206  |160.2212
    .1 |2050.8895  |160.5354
    .2 |2058.8742  |160.8495
    .3 |2066.9245  |161.1637
    .4 |2074.9905  |161.4779
       |           |
    .5 |2083.0723  |161.7920
    .6 |2091.1697  |162.1062
    .7 |2099.2829  |162.4203
    .8 |2107.4118  |162.7345
    .9 |2115.5563  |163.0487
       |           |
  52.0 |2123.7166  |163.3628
    .1 |2131.8926  |163.6770
    .2 |2140.0843  |163.9911
    .3 |2148.2917  |164.3053
    .4 |2156.5149  |164.6195
       |           |
    .5 |2164.7537  |164.9336
    .6 |2173.0082  |165.2479
    .7 |2181.2785  |165.5619
    .8 |2189.5644  |165.8761
    .9 |2197.8661  |166.1903
       |           |
  53.0 |2206.1834  |166.5044
    .1 |2214.5165  |166.8186
    .2 |2222.8653  |167.1327
    .3 |2231.2298  |167.4469
    .4 |2239.6100  |167.7610
       |           |
    .5 |2248.0059  |168.0752
    .6 |2256.4175  |168.3894
    .7 |2264.8448  |168.7035
    .8 |2273.2879  |169.0177
    .9 |2281.7466  |169.3318
       |           |
  54.0 |2290.2210  |169.6460
    .1 |2298.7112  |169.9602
    .2 |2307.2171  |170.2743
    .3 |2315.7386  |170.5885
    .4 |2324.2759  |170.9026
       |           |
    .5 |2332.8289  |171.2168
    .6 |2341.3976  |171.5310
    .7 |2349.9820  |171.8451
    .8 |2358.5821  |172.1593
    .9 |2367.1979  |172.4735
       |           |
  55.0 |2375.8294  |172.7876
    .1 |2384.4767  |173.1017
    .2 |2393.1396  |173.4159
    .3 |2401.8183  |173.7301
    .4 |2410.5126  |174.0442
       |           |
    .5 |2419.2227  |174.3584
    .6 |2427.9485  |174.6726
    .7 |2436.6899  |174.9867
    .8 |2145.4471  |175.3009
    .9 |2454.2200  |175.6150
  -----+-----------+--------


UNITED STATES STANDARD SIZES OF WROUGHT IRON WELDED PIPE.

  ------+-------+------+------+--------+--------+--------+--------+
        |       |      |      |        |        |        |        |
        |       |      |      |        |        | Length | Length |
        |       |      |      |        |        | of pipe| of pipe|
        |       |      |      |        |        |   per  |  per   |
  Inside| Actual|      |Actual|        |        | square | square |
   diam-|outside|      |Inside|External|Internal| foot of| foot of|
   eter | Diam- |Thick-| Diam-| circum-| circum-| outside| inside |
   nom. | eter. | ness.| eter.|ference.|ference.|surface.|surface.|
  ------+-------+------+------+--------+--------+--------+--------+
    ¹⁄₈ |   .405| .068 | 0.269|  1.272 |  0.848 |  9.440 | 14.15  |
    ¹⁄₄ |   .54 | .088 | 0.364|  1.696 |  1.144 |  7.075 | 10.50  |
    ³⁄₈ |   .675| .091 | 0.493|  2.121 |  1.552 |  5.657 |  7.67  |
    ¹⁄₂ |   .840| .109 | 0.622|  2.652 |  1.957 |  4.502 |  6.13  |
    ³⁄₄ |  1.050| .113 | 0.824|  3.299 |  2.589 |  3.637 |  4.635 |
   1    |  1.315| .134 | 1.047|  4.134 |  3.292 |  2.903 |  3.679 |
   1¹⁄₄ |  1.660| .140 | 1.38 |  5.215 |  4.335 |  2.301 |  2.768 |
   1¹⁄₂ |  1.90 | .145 | 1.61 |  5.969 |  5.061 |  2.010 |  2.371 |
   2    |  2.375| .154 | 2.067|  7.461 |  6.494 |  1.611 |  1.848 |
   2¹⁄₂ |  2.875| .204 | 2.467|  9.032 |  7.754 |  1.328 |  1.547 |
   3    |  3.50 | .217 | 3.066| 10.996 |  9.636 |  1.091 |  1.245 |
   3¹⁄₂ |  4.0  | .226 | 3.548| 12.566 | 11.146 |   .955 |  1.077 |
   4    |  4.50 | .237 | 4.026| 14.137 | 12.648 |   .849 |  0.949 |
   4¹⁄₂ |  5.0  | .247 | 4.506| 15.708 | 14.153 |   .765 |  0.848 |
   5    |  5.563| .259 | 5.045| 17.475 | 15.849 |   .629 |  0.757 |
   6    |  6.625| .280 | 5.065| 20.813 | 19.054 |   .577 |  0.630 |
   7    |  7.625| .301 | 7.023| 23.954 | 22.063 |   .505 |  0.544 |
   8    |  8.625| .322 | 7.981| 27.096 | 25.076 |   .444 |  0.478 |
   9    |  9.688| .344 | 9.00 | 30.433 | 28.277 |   .394 |  0.425 |
  10    | 10.750| .366 |10.018| 33.772 | 31.475 |   .355 |  0.381 |
  ------+-------+------+------+--------+--------+--------+--------+

  ------+------+-------+-------+-------+-------+------
        |      |       |       |       |       |
        |      |       | Length|       |       |
        |      |       |of pipe|       |       |
        |      |       | con-  | Weight|No. of |
  Inside|      | Actual|taining|  per  |threads|Length
   diam-|  Ex- |  in-  |  one  | foot  |  per  | per-
   eter |ternal| ternal| cubic |  of   |Inch of| fect
   nom. | area.| area. | foot. |length.| screw.|screw.
  ------+------+-------+-------+-------+-------+------
    ¹⁄₈ |  .129|  .0572|2500.  |   .243| 27    | 0.19
    ¹⁄₄ |  .229|  .1041|1385.  |   .422| 18    | 0.29
    ³⁄₈ |  .358|  .1916| 751.5 |   .561| 18    | 0.30
    ¹⁄₂ |  .554|  .3048| 472.4 |   .845| 14    | 0.39
    ³⁄₄ |  .866|  .5333| 270.0 |  1.126| 14    | 0.40
   1    | 1.357|  .8627| 166.9 |  1.670| 11¹⁄₂ | 0.51
   1¹⁄₄ | 2.164| 1.496 |  96.25|  2.258| 11¹⁄₂ | 0.54
   1¹⁄₂ | 2.835| 2.038 |  70.65|  2.694| 11¹⁄₂ | 0.55
   2    | 4.430| 3.355 |  42.36|  3.667| 11¹⁄₂ | 0.58
   2¹⁄₂ | 6.491| 4.783 |  30.11|  5.773|  8    | 0.89
   3    | 9.621| 7.388 |  19.40|  7.547|  8    | 0.95
   3¹⁄₂ |12.566| 9.837 |  14.56|  9.055|  8    | 1.00
   4    |15.901|12.730 |  11.31| 10.728|  8    | 1.05
   4¹⁄₂ |19.635|15.939 |   9.03| 12.492|  8    | 1.10
   5    |24.299|19.990 |   7.20| 14.564|  8    | 1.16
   6    |34.471|28.889 |   4.98| 18.767|  8    | 1.26
   7    |45.663|38.737 |   3.72| 23.410|  8    | 1.36
   8    |58.426|50.039 |   2.88| 28.348|  8    | 1.46
   9    |73.715|63.633 |   2.26| 34.677|  8    | 1.57
  10    |90.762|78.838 |   1.80| 40.641|  8    | 1.68
  ------+------+-------+-------+-------+-------+------

Thread taper three-fourths inch to one foot.

All pipe below 1¹⁄₂ inches is butt-welded, and proved to 300 pounds per
square inch; 1¹⁄₂ inch and above is lap-welded and proved to 500 pounds
per square inch.


STANDARDS FOR WIRE GAUGES IN USE IN THE UNITED STATES.

Dimensions of Sizes in Decimal Parts of an Inch.

  ------+--------+--------+---------+------+------+----------+------
        |        |        | Washburn|      |      |          |
  Number|American|Birming-|  & Moen | Impe-|      |  U. S.   |Number
    of  |or Brown| ham, or|Mfg. Co.,| rial |Stubs’|  Stand.  |  of
   Wire |    &   | Stubs’ | Worces- | Wire | Steel|   for    | Wire
  Gauge.| Sharpe.|  Wire. | ter, Ms.|Gauge.| Wire.|  Plate.  |Gauge.
  ------+--------+--------+---------+------+------+----------+------
  000000|  ....  |  ....  |   ....  | .464 | .... |.46875    |000000
   00000|  ....  |  ....  |   ....  | .432 | .... |.4375     | 00000
    0000| .46    |  .454  |  .3938  | .400 | .... |.40625    |  0000
     000| .40964 |  .425  |  .3625  | .372 | .... |.375      |   000
      00| .3648  |  .38   |  .3310  | .348 | .... |.34375    |    00
       0| .32486 |  .34   |  .3065  | .324 | .... |.3125     |     0
       1| .2893  |  .3    |  .2830  | .300 | .227 |.28125    |     1
       2| .25763 |  .284  |  .2625  | .276 | .219 |.265625   |     2
       3| .22942 |  .259  |  .2437  | .252 | .212 |.25       |     3
       4| .20431 |  .238  |  .2253  | .232 | .207 |.234375   |     4
       5| .18194 |  .22   |  .2070  | .212 | .204 |.21875    |     5
       6| .16202 |  .203  |  .1920  | .192 | .201 |.203125   |     6
       7| .14428 |  .18   |  .1770  | .176 | .199 |.1875     |     7
       8| .12849 |  .165  |  .1620  | .160 | .197 |.171875   |     8
       9| .11443 |  .148  |  .1483  | .144 | .194 |.15625    |     9
      10| .10189 |  .134  |  .1350  | .128 | .191 |.140625   |    10
      11| .090742|  .12   |  .1205  | .116 | .188 |.125      |    11
      12| .080808|  .109  |  .1055  | .104 | .185 |.109375   |    12
      13| .071961|  .095  |  .0915  | .092 | .182 |.09375    |    13
      14| .064084|  .083  |  .0800  | .080 | .180 |.078125   |    14
      15| .057068|  .072  |  .0720  | .072 | .178 |.0703125  |    15
      16| .05082 |  .065  |  .0625  | .064 | .175 |.0625     |    16
      17| .045257|  .058  |  .0540  | .056 | .172 |.05625    |    17
      18| .040303|  .049  |  .0475  | .048 | .168 |.05       |    18
      19| .03589 |  .042  |  .0410  | .040 | .164 |.04375    |    19
      20| .031961|  .035  |  .0348  | .036 | .161 |.0375     |    20
      21| .028462|  .032  |  .03175 | .032 | .157 |.034375   |    21
      22| .025347|  .028  |  .0286  | .028 | .155 |.03125    |    22
      23| .022571|  .025  |  .0258  | .024 | .153 |.028125   |    23
      24| .0201  |  .022  |  .0230  | .022 | .151 |.025      |    24
      25| .0179  |  .02   |  .0204  | .020 | .148 |.021875   |    25
      26| .01594 |  .018  |  .0181  | .018 | .146 |.01875    |    26
      27| .014195|  .016  |  .0173  | .0164| .143 |.0171875  |    27
      28| .012641|  .014  |  .0162  | .0149| .139 |.015625   |    28
      29| .011257|  .013  |  .0150  | .0136| .134 |.0140625  |    29
      30| .010025|  .012  |  .0140  | .0124| .127 |.0125     |    30
      31| .008928|  .01   |  .0132  | .0116| .120 |.0109375  |    31
      32| .00795 |  .009  |  .0128  | .0108| .115 |.01015625 |    32
      33| .00708 |  .008  |  .0118  | .0100| .112 |.009375   |    33
      34| .006304|  .007  |  .0104  | .0092| .110 |.00859375 |    34
      35| .005614|  .005  |  .0095  | .0084| .108 |.0078125  |    35
      36| .005   |  .004  |  .0090  | .0076| .106 |.00703125 |    36
      37| .004453|  ....  |   ....  | .0068| .103 |.006640625|    37
      38| .003965|  ....  |   ....  | .0060| .101 |.00625    |    38
      39| .003531|  ....  |   ....  | .0052| .099 |   ....   |    39
      40| .003144|  ....  |   ....  | .0048| .097 |   ....   |    40
  ------+--------+--------+---------+------+------+----------+------


UNITED STATES STANDARD SIZES OF BOLTS.

  +------+--------+--------+--------+
  |      |DISTANCE|        |        |
  |      | ACROSS |DISTANCE|        |
  |      | FLATS, | ACROSS | THICK- |
  | DIAM-| SQUARE |CORNERS,|  NESS  |
  | ETER.|AND HEX.|  HEX.  |OF HEAD.|
  +------+--------+--------+--------+
  |  ¹⁄₄″| ¹⁄₂″   |  ⁹⁄₁₆″ |  ¹⁄₄″  |
  |  ³⁄₈ | ¹¹⁄₁₆  |  ²⁵⁄₃₂ |  ¹¹⁄₃₂ |
  |  ¹⁄₂ |  ⁷⁄₈   | 1      |  ⁷⁄₁₆  |
  |  ⁵⁄₈ | 1¹⁄₁₆  | 1⁷⁄₃₂  |  ¹⁷⁄₃₂ |
  |  ³⁄₄ | 1¹⁄₄   | 1⁷⁄₁₆  |  ⁵⁄₈   |
  |  ⁷⁄₈ | 1⁷⁄₁₆  | 1²¹⁄₃₂ |  ²¹⁄₃₂ |
  | 1    | 1⁵⁄₈   | 1⁷⁄₈   |  ¹³⁄₁₆ |
  | 1¹⁄₈ | 1¹³⁄₁₆ | 2³⁄₃₂  |  ²⁹⁄₃₂ |
  | 1¹⁄₄ | 2      | 2⁵⁄₁₆  | 1      |
  | 1³⁄₈ | 2³⁄₁₆  | 2¹⁄₂   | 1³⁄₃₂  |
  | 1¹⁄₂ | 2³⁄₈   | 2³⁄₄   | 1³⁄₁₆  |
  | 1⁵⁄₈ | 2⁹⁄₁₆  | 2¹⁵⁄₁₆ | 1⁹⁄₃₂  |
  | 1³⁄₄ | 2³⁄₄   | 3³⁄₁₆  | 1³⁄₈   |
  | 1⁷⁄₈ | 2¹⁵⁄₁₆ | 3¹³⁄₃₂ | 1¹⁵⁄₃₂ |
  | 2    | 3¹⁄₈   | 3⁵⁄₈   | 1⁹⁄₁₆  |
  | 2¹⁄₄ | 3¹⁄₂   | 4¹⁄₁₆  | 1³⁄₄   |
  | 2¹⁄₂ | 3⁷⁄₈   | 4¹⁄₂   | 1¹⁵⁄₁₆ |
  | 2³⁄₄ | 4¹⁄₄   | 4⁷⁄₈   | 2¹⁄₈   |
  | 3    | 4⁵⁄₈   | 5¹¹⁄₃₂ | 2⁵⁄₁₆  |
  +------+--------+--------+--------+


UNITED STATES STANDARD SCREW THREAD GAUGE.

[Illustration: Fig. 316.]




Some Things Personal.


In the preparation of this work the idea of self-help has never been
forgotten; nothing has been held back or omitted which would, in the
author’s opinion, tend to advance the student in the draughtsman’s art.

The volume contains the experience in practical drawing, as related to
engineering and mechanics, of over one hundred years, i. e., the
author’s, Mr. Perrott’s and Mr. Lucas’ experiences added together exceed
that period.

Hence, the work should be really helpful; it has been aimed also to be
entertaining and with easy tasks; all the illustrations of the book are
recommended as models for practice--they have been selected with that
view.

Moreover, as between author and publishers, the latter have agreed to
issue the work in the most thorough style possible--as to paper,
printing and binding--and to sell it at a very generously low price,
considering all things.

With the closing words “hail and farewell,” the author bids adieu (God
be with you) to the reader and the student.

[Illustration: BEACON LIGHT.]




           Self
  Hawkins’      Mechanical Drawing.
           Help

Index.


                                                                    PAGE

  =Acute Angle=, def.                                                 42

  =Acute-Angled Triangle=, def.                                       50

  =Addendum Circle=, illus.                                          200

  =Alphabets=, Gothic, desc.                                         171

  =Altitude=, def.                                                    41

  =Altitude of a Polygon=, def.                                       47

  =American Machinist=, Quotation from                               141

  =Angle=, def.                                                   41, 83
    To bisect an                                                      89
    To draw an                                                        89

  =Angle-Iron=, illus.                                                75

  =Angle-Plate=, illus.                                               75

  =Angular Perspective Drawing=, illus.                         260, 265

  =Apex=, def.                                                        42

  =Apex of an Angle=, def.                                            42

  =Arc=, def.                                                         42
    Complement of an                                                  99
    Cosecant of an                                                    99
    Cotangent of an                                                   99
    Sine of an                                                        99
    Supplement of an                                                  99
    Tangent of an                                                     99
    Versed Sine of an                                                 99

  =Arc of Circle=, To find the center of an                           90

  =Arcs=, Drawing                                                    146
    Illus.                                                           146

  =Arrow-Heads=, how made                                       172, 176

  =Axiom=, def.                                                       83

  =Axis=, Conjugate, def.                                             96
    Of a Figure, def.                                                 43
    Of a Solid, def.                                                  42
    Transverse, def.                                                  96


  =Backlash in Gearing=                                              215

  =Backward Projection=                          desc. 152, illus. 152-3

  =Base=, def.                                                        43
    Of a Polygon, def.                                                47

  =Beacon Light=, illus.                                             282

  =Beam Compasses=                                 desc. 124, illus. 124

  =Bending Machine=, Hydraulic                   desc. 221, illus. 220-1

  =Benjamin, Prof. Chas.=, “How and What to Study”                    23

  =Bevel-Gear=, desc.                                                201

  =Bevel Mortise Wheel=, desc.                                       203

  =Bevel Wheel=                                    desc. 199, illus. 203

  =Bisect=, def.                                                      43

  =Bisector=, def.                                                    43

  =Blackboard=, illus. and desc.                                      27

  =Blackboard Drawing=                                                28

  =Blue Printing=                                  desc. 186, illus. 187
    Test pieces                                                      188

  =Blue Prints=, Office rules for                                    196

  =Black Process Copying=                                            188

  =Boiler-Plate=, Riveted, illus.                                     76

  =Bolt=, Square-head, illus.                                         76

  =Bolt and Nut=, Square-head                      desc. 144, illus. 145
    Hexagon                                    desc. 144, illus. 76, 144

  =Bow-Dividers=                                   desc. 123, illus. 122

  =Bow-Pencil=, desc.                                                123

  =Bows=, Use of                                                     242

  =Brick=, Section Lining, illus.                                    182

  =Broken Lines=, How to Draw                                         33
    Def.                                                              46

  =Bumping Post=, illus.                                             226


  =Calipers=, illus.                                                  vi

  =Cast-Iron=, Section-Lining, illus.                                182

  =Caulking Tool=, illus.                                             76

  =Center Line=, def.                                                 46

  =Center Lines=, In Drawings                                      240-1
    In Shop Drawings                                                 192

  =Chalk-Crayon=                                 desc. 27, illus. 27, 37

  =Chalk-Work=                                                        27
    Instruments for Drawing, illus.                                   29

  =Channel-Iron=, illus.                                              75

  =Checking Drawings=                                                194

  =Circle=, def.                                                      43
    To describe about a square                                        93
      about a triangle                                                93
      through two points                                              90
      through three points                                            90
    To find the center                                                90
    To inscribe in a square                                           94
      in a triangle                                                   94

  =Circles=, Drawing                               desc. 146, illus. 146

  =Circumference of a Circle=                                         43

  =Circumscribe=, def.                                                43

  =Circular Pitch Line=, illus.                                      200

  =Classifying Drawings=, Office Rules for                           191

  =Clearance in Wheel Teeth=                                         215

  =Cog-Wheel=                                       def. 201, illus. 201
    Section Lining, illus.                                           183

  =Coin=, Perspective View of a, illus.                              248

  =Color and Tints=                                                  185

  =Compass=, Mariners’, illus.                                       268

  =Compasses=, Beam, desc. and illus.                                124
    Desc. and illus.                                                 121
    For holding chalk, illus.                                         29
    How to hold, illus.                                              136

  =Complement of an Arc=                                              99

  =Composition=, Section-Lining, illus.                              182

  =Concave=, def.                                                     44

  =Cone=, def.                                                        44

  =Conjugate Axis=, def.                                              96

  =Construction=, def.                                                44
    Line, def.                                                        46

  =Contents=, Table of                                                24

  =Contour=, def.                                                     44

  =Convergence=, def.                                                 44

  =Convex=, def.                                                      44

  =Copying Drawings=, Black Process                                  188
    Blue Printing                                                    186
    Tracing                                                          184

  =Copyright=                                                       viii

  =Corner=, def.                                                      44

  =Corollary=, def.                                                   83

  =Co-secant of an Arc=, def.                                         99

  =Co-sine of an Arc=, def.                                           99

  =Co-tangent of an Arc=, def.                                        99

  =Crane=, desc.                                                     219
    Working drawing of, illus.                                       218

  =Cross-Hatches=, def.                                               44

  =Cross-hatching Drawings=                                          182

  =Crown Wheel=, illus.                                              208

  =Curve=, def.                                                       44

  =Curved Line=, def.                                                 46

  =Curved Lines=, Drawing, desc.                                      69
    Drawing Figures of                                        70, 72, 73
    How to Draw                                                       35
    Illus.                                                            70

  =Curved Surface=, def.                                              49

  =Curve or Scroll=, illus.                                          117

  =Cut Gears=, desc.                                                 215

  =Cylinder=, def.                                                    44

  =Cylindrical=, def.                                                 44

  =Cylindrical Projection=, illus.                                   161


  =Dash Line=, def.                                                   46

  =Decimal Equivalents=, Table of                                    269

  =Dedication=                                                        ix

  =Definitions=, Preliminary                                          41

  =Degree=, def.                                                  41, 44

  =Describe=, def.                                                    44

  =Design=, def.                                                      44
    Symmetry in, def.                                                 50

  =Designing Gears=                                                  209

  =Detail Drawings=, Office Rules for                                191

  =Develop=, def.                                                     45

  =Diagonal=, def.                                                    45

  =Diagonals of a Polygon=, def.                                      47

  =Diameter=, def.                                                    45

  =Diameter=, Of a Circle                                             43

  =Diameters of Wheels=, How to Measure                              199

  =Diametral Pitch=, desc.                                           200
    Of Gears                                                         212

  =Dimensioning Drawings=                     desc. 176, illus. 177, 179

  =Dimension Line=, def.                                              46

  =Dimensions on Drawings=, Office Rules for                         192

  =Dividers and Compasses=, desc.                                    119

  =Dividers=, illus.                                             82, 119
    Bisecting, desc.                                                 119
    Bow, illus.                                                      122
    “Point”                                                          242
    Proportional                                   desc. 119, illus. 120
    Spring Bow, desc.                                                124

  =Dodecahedron=, def.                                                48

  =Dot-and-Dash Line=, def.                                           46

  =Dotted Line=, def.                                                 46

  =Draughtsmen=, Useful Tables for                               269-280

  =Drawing=, Blackboard                                               28
    Free hand                                                         55
    Linear Perspective                                               247
    Parallel Perspective                                           260-1
    Projection, desc.                                                148
    Scale Perspective                                                257
    Spur Gear, illus.                                           163, 211
    Spur Wheel, desc.                                                162
    Straight Line Figures                        desc. 65, illus. 66-7-8
    Symbols                                                          193
    The Pitch Line                                                   209
    To Scale, desc.                                                  126
    Working, def.                                                     51

  =Drawing-Board=                        desc. 107, illus. 102, 106, 108
    Expansion and Contraction of                                     108
    How to Construct                                                 107
    Trestles, illus.                                            110, 111

  =Drawing Instruments=, desc.                                       103
    How to Select                                                    104
    Illus.                                                           105
    Outfit Recommended                                               104

  =Drawing Materials=, desc.                                         103

  =Drawing Office Rules=                                             191

  =Drawing Paper=, desc.                                             132
    Erasing Lines                                                    140
    Fixing of, illus.                                                102
    Fixing on the Board                                              139
    Pasting                                                          184
    “Points”                                                         243
    Patent Office Sizes                                              234
    Sizes of                                                         133

  =Drawing Pencils=, desc. and illus.                                118
    How to Use                                                        56

  =Drawing Pen=, Filling with ink, illus.                            130

  =Drawing Pens=, desc. and illus.                                   129

  =Drawing-Pins=, desc.                                              110

  =Drawing Scales=, desc.                                            126

  =Drawings=, Cleaning, desc.                                        169
    Color and Finish, note                                           185
    Dimensioning, desc.                                              176
    Inking in, desc.                                                 167
    Lettering, desc.                                                 171
    Patent Office Rules for                                          233
    Reproducing                                                      186
    Section-Lining, desc.                                            182
    Shading                                   desc. 180, illus. 180, 225
    Size of, Office Rules                                            191
    Tint and Color, desc.                                            184

  =Drawing-Table=, desc.                                             111
    Folding Legs, illus.                                             104


  =Edge=, def.                                                        45

  =Elevation=, def.                                                   45

  =Elevation and Section=, Spur Wheel              desc. 216, illus. 212

  =Ellipse, An=, desc.                                           96, 118
    To describe when length and breadth are given                     96

  =Envelopes=, Portfolio, desc.                                      142

  =Equiangular Triangle=, def.                                        45

  =Equilateral Triangle=, def.                                        50

  =Erasing=, “Points” on                                             242

  =Eye=, illus. and desc.                                            253
    Effect of Light on                                               253


  =Face=, def.                                                        45

  =Faced Surfaces=, Points, etc.                                     242

  =Figures=, Drawing Straight-line                                    65
    Numerals, examples of                                            173
    Straight-line, illus.                                             66

  =File Handle=, desc. and illus.                                    144

  =Finger and Thumb Lines=, illus.                                    64

  =Finished Surfaces=, How to indicate                               193
    “Points”                                                         242

  =Finishing=, def.                                                   45

  =Flanged-tooth Wheel=, desc.                                       205

  =Flat Pattern=, def.                                                47

  =Foreshortening=, def.                                              45

  =Forward Projection=                        desc. 151, 152, illus. 155

  =Free-hand=, def.                                                   45

  =Free-hand Drawing=                                             55, 78
    First Lesson in                                                   30
    Penciling, illus.                                                 54

  =Free-hand Illustration=, a Water Wheel                             78

  =Friction-Clutch and Pulley=, desc.                                224

  =Friction Gear-Wheels=, desc.                                      201

  =Full Line=, def.                                                   46


  =Gear=, def.                                                       199

  =Gearing=, desc.                                                   199
    Drawing                                        desc. 162, illus. 163

  =Gearing and Design=                                               197

  =Gears=, A Train of, desc.                                         208
    Speed of                                                         208

  =Gear-Wheels=, Spur, illus.                                        198

  =Generated=, def.                                                   45

  =Geometric=, def.                                                   45

  =Geometrical Axioms=                                                84

  =Geometrical Drawing=, desc.                                        81
    Problems in                                                       86

  =Geometrical Signs=                                                 84

  =Geometry=, defs.                                                  249
    Elements of                                                       81

  =Gothic Letters=, illus.                                           173

  =Grooved Friction Wheels=, desc.                                   201

  =Ground-Plane=                               def. 249, 255, illus. 249


  =Half-Tint=, def.                                                   45

  =Hand-Wheel=, illus.                                                77

  =Hanger=, illus.                                                   179

  =Helical Wheel=                                  desc. 199, illus. 207

  =Hemisphere=, def.                                                  45

  =Heptagon=, def.                                                    47

  =Hexagon=, def.                                                     47
    To Construct a                                                    95

  =Hexagon-Head Bolt=, illus.                                        144

  =Hexahedron=, def.                                                  48

  =Horizontal=, def.                                             45, 250

  =Horizontal Line=, in Drawing, illus.                              250
    How to Draw                                                       32
    In Perspective                                                   252

  =Hypothesis=, def.                                                  83


  =Icosahedron=, def.                                                 48

  =India Ink=, desc. and illus.                                      131
    Dish or Tile, illus.                                             131

  =India Rubber Eraser=, illus.                                      132
    Use of                                                           240

  =Ink=, Preparing, for Drawings, desc.                              167
  Test for Good, desc.                                               167

  =Ink Eraser=, Steel, desc. and illus.                              132

  =Inking=, illus.                                              166, 169
    Long Lines, illus.                                               170
    Rules of Procedure                                               168
    Short Work, illus.                                               169

  “=Inking in=” Drawings, desc.                                      167
    “Points,” etc.                                              239, 243
    Patent Office Drawings                                           234

  =Inscribe=, def.                                                    45

  =Instrumental=, def.                                                45

  =Instruments= for Chalk-work, illus.                                29

  =Internal Gear=, desc.                                             201

  =Internal-Gear Wheel=, illus.                                      207

  =Introduction=                                                      15

  =Isosceles Triangle=, def.                                          50


  =Lantern-Wheel=, desc.                                             201

  =Lathe-Dog=, illus.                                                 76

  =Lemma=, def.                                                       83

  =Lettering=, Blow-Off Valve, illus.                                175
    Drawings, desc.                                                  171

  =Light=, and Sense of Seeing                                       254
    Experiment with, illus.                                          255
    Laws of                                                          252

  =Line=, def.                                                        82
    To Divide into Equal Parts                                        89

  =Linear Perspective Drawing=                                       247

  =Lines=, def.                                                       45
    Note                                                              65
    Parallel, def.                                                    83

  =Link Motion=, Stephenson’s, illus.                                225

  =Longitudinal=, def.                                                46

  =Lucas, Theo.=, Acknowledgement                                23, 266


  =Marking Measurements= on Drawings                                 243

  =Mechanical Drawing=                                          137, 247
    Elevation                                                        138
    Examples                                                         143
    Procedure                                                        141

  =Minerva=, Free-hand Sketch of                                     iii

  =Miter-Wheel=                               desc. 199, 204, illus. 204

  =Model=, def.                                                       46


  =Nonagon=, def.                                                     47

  =Numbering= Drawings, Office Rules for                           194-5

  =Numerals=, illus.                                                 173


  =Oblique=, def.                                                     46

  =Oblique Lines=                     How to Draw, 32, 58, illus. 59, 63

  =Oblong=, def.                                                      46

  =Obtuse Angle=, def.                                                42

  =Obtuse-Angled Triangle=, def.                                      50

  =Octahedron=, def.                                                  48

  =Octagon=, def.                                                     47
    To Describe on a given straight line                              95
    To Inscribe in a circle                                           96

  =Oil Can=, illus.                                                   77

  =Optic Nerve=, illus.                                              253

  =Optics=, in Drawing, def.                                         252

  =Outline Picture=, desc.                                           152

  =Oval=, def.                                                        46
    How to Draw an                                                    71

  =Overall=, def.                                                     46


  =Paper=, Fastening Drawing on                                      184
    Rule or Scale                                                    242
    Sensitized, desc.                                                188
    The Right Side of                                                241

  =Parallel=, def.                                                    46

  =Parallel Lines=, def.                                         83, 252
    To Draw                                                           88
    In Perspective                                                   251

  =Parallel Perspective Drawing=, illus.                      260 to 263

  =Parallel Rule=                                desc. 115, illus. 114-5

  =Parallelogram=, def.                                               47
    To Construct                                                      93

  =Pasting Drawing Paper=, “Points”                                  243

  =Patent Office Drawings=                               235, illus. 236
    Rules of Great Britain                                           236
    Rules of U. S.                                                   233

  =Patterns=, def.                                                    46
    Numbering, from drawings                                         194

  =Pedestal=, illus.                                               178-9

  =Pen=, Hand holding, illus.                              166, 169, 170

  =Pencil=, Function of a                                            142
    How to Cut, illus.                                                57
    How to Hold, illus.                                       54, 59, 60
    How to Use                                                        56

  =Pencil-Compasses=, desc.                                          143
    How to Hold                                                      143

  =Penciling=, desc. and illus.                                      139
    “Points”                                                    143, 240

  =Pencil Lines=, How to Make                                        119

  =Pencils=, Sharpening Points of                               143, 241

  =Penknife=, illus.                                                  52

  =Pens=, Drawing, illus.                                            129
    Lettering and Figuring, illus.                                   172

  =Pentagon=, def.                                                    47
    To Inscribe in a circle                                           94

  =Perimeter=, def.                                                   47
    Of a Polygon, def.                                                47

  =Periphery of a Wheel=, def.                                       200

  =Perpendicular=, def.                                          47, 252

  =Perpendicular Lines=, How to Draw                          31, 61, 62

  =Perrott, Geo.=, Acknowledgement                               23, 266

  =Personal=, Note from the Author                                   266

  =Perspective Drawing=                              def. 47, illus. 250
    Definitions of Terms used in                                     249
    Geometrical Terms used in                                        248
    Of a Bridge, illus.                                              249
    Scale or Approximate                                             257
    Vanishing Point, illus.                                          251
    Water Reflection, illus.                                         246

  =Perspective=, Linear, def.                                        247

  =Perspective Plane=, def.                                          250

  =Picture Plane=, desc.                                             255
    In Drawing, illus.                                          249, 250
    In Perspective, illus.                                           258

  =Pinion-Wheel=, desc.                                              201

  =Piston Rod=, desc.                                                223

  =Pitch Circle= in Gearing                                          200

  =Pitch Line=, Drawing the                                          209
    In Gearing                                                       200

  =Plan=, def.                                                        47

  =Plan of the Work=                                                  21

  =Plane=, in Perspective, def.                                      249

  =Plane of the Picture=, def.                                       250

  =Plane Surface=, def.                                               49

  =Point=, def.                                                       82

  =Point of Sight=, in Perspective Drawing                           251

  =Points=, relating to Chalk Drawings                                36
    To be observed in Sketching                                    141-2
    Useful Hints and                                            170, 239

  =Polygon=, def.                                                     47

  =Polyhedron=, def.                                                  48

  =Postulate=, def.                                                   83

  =Pounce=, How to Use, desc.                                   170, 186

  =Preface=                                                           13

  =Preparatory Practice= in Drawing                                   30

  =Prism=, def.                                                       49

  =Problems=, def.                                                    83
    Geometrical                                                       86

  =Produce=, def.                                                     49

  =Profile=, def.                                                     49

  =Projection=, Backward, illus.                                   153-4
    Def.                                                              49
    Cylindrical Outline, desc.                                       159
    Cylindrical Surface, illus.                                      161
    Forward                                        desc. 152, illus. 155
    Hexagon Nut, illus.                                              160
    Marking Dimensions                                               150
    Lines of Sight                                                   150
    Scaling and Measuring in                                         149
    Sight-Lines, illus.                                              151
    Sloping Surface, desc.                                           159
    Spur-Wheel, desc.                                                162

  =Projection Drawing=, desc.                                        148
    Illus.              149, 151, 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 160, 161, 163
    Principles of                                                    148
    Spur-Wheel, illus.                                          163, 212

  =Proportional Dividers=, illus.                                    120

  =Proportions= of Teeth of Wheels                                   210

  =Proposition=, def.                                                 83

  =Protractor=, desc.                                                128

  =Pulley and Friction Clutch=, illus.                               224

  =Punching Press=                                 illus. 222, desc. 223


  =Quadrant=, def.                                                    49

  =Quadrilateral=, def.                                               47

  =Quadrisect=, def.                                                  49


  =Rack and Pinion=, desc.                                           205

  =Radius of a Circle=                                                43

  =Reading Working Drawings=, desc.                                  229

  =Rectangle=, def.                                                   48
    To Construct a                                                    92

  =Reproducing Drawings=, desc.                                      186

  =Reverse Curve=, def.                                               44

  =Rhomboid=, def.                                                    48

  =Rhombus=, def.                                                     48

  =Right-Angle=, def.                                                 42
    Triangle, def.                                                    50

  =Robinson, A. W., M. E.=, note, Office Rules                       191

  =Rolling-Circle= in Gear-Wheel                                     200

  =Rule=, Area of a Circle, To find the                              271
    Circumference of a Circle, To find the                           271
    Cylinder, To find the contents of a                              271
    Diameter of a Circle, To find the                                271
    Illus.                                                            82
    Inscribed Square, To find side of an                             271
    Parallelogram, To find the area of a                             271
    Pyramid or Cone, To find the contents of a                       271
    Radius of a circle, To find the                                  271
    Sphere, To find the contents of a                                271
    Square, To find the side of an equal                             271
    Trapezoid, To find the area of a                                 271
    Triangle, To find the area of a                                  271
    Two-foot                                  desc. 127, 128, illus. 128
    Wedge, To find the contents of a                                 271

  =Rules= for Drawing Office                                         191
    Wheels, To find proportions of                                   209


  =Sand Paper=, Removing surface of paper                            168

  =Scale=, Drawing to, desc.                                         126

  =Scale Drawings=, To read                                          230

  =Scale=, Flat, illus.                                              127
    Triangular, illus.                                               127

  =Scalene Triangle=, def.                                            50

  =Scale or Approximate Perspective=                                 257

  =Scale Rule=, for Proportions of Teeth                             214

  =Scales=, Drawing, desc.                                           126

  =Scholium=, def.                                                    83

  =Screw-Thread=, U. S. Standard Gauge                               280

  =Scroll or Curve=, desc.                                           117
    Universal Curve, illus.                                          134

  =Secant of an Arc=                                                  99

  =Section=, def.                                                     49
    Drawing                                        illus. 163, desc. 160

  =Sectional=, def.                                                   49

  =Section-Liner=, illus.                                            116

  =Section Lines= in Drawings                                        240

  =Section-Lining=, Cast-iron, etc., illus.                          182
    Cog-Wheel, illus.                                                183

  =Section-Lining Drawings=                        desc. 182, illus. 183
    Wheel Hub, illus.                                                184

  =Selecting Drawing Instruments=                               103, 240

  =Semi-Circle=, def.                                                 43

  =Sensitized Paper=, desc.                                          188

  =Set-Square=, illus.                                          102, 114

  =Shading Curves=, illus.                                           181

  =Shading Drawings=                                                 180

  =Shadow=, def.                                                      49

  =Shadow Line=, def.                                                 46

  =Shadow Lines=, “Points”                                           241

  =Sharpening Pencils=                                                57

  =Shop Drawings=, Office Rules                                      192

  =Sight=, Point of, in Perspective Drawing                          252
    Sense of                                                         254

  =Sight Lines= in Projection, illus.                                157

  =Sine= of an Arc                                                    99

  =Skew-Gearing=, desc.                                              203

  =Sketch Books=, desc.                                              142
    Office Practice                                                  194

  =Sketches=, details                                                142

  =Sketch=, Free-hand, Advantage of                                   55

  =Sketching=                                         desc. 141, note 17
    Points to be observed in                                       141-2

  =Sloping Surface= in Projection                  desc. 159, illus. 166

  =Solid=, def.                                                   49, 83

  =Solid Pattern=, def.                                               47

  =Speed of Gears=                                                   208

  =Sphere=, def.                                                      49

  =Spiral Curve=, def.                                                44

  =Spring Bows=                               illus. 122, 123, desc. 124

  =Spur-Gear=                                      desc. 201, illus. 211

  =Spur Mortise-Wheel=, illus.                                       202

  =Spur-Wheel=, desc.                                           199, 216
    How to Draw                                                      209
    Illus.                                                           198
    Projection                                     desc. 162, illus. 163
    Teeth of cast-iron, desc.                                        202

  =Square=, def.                                                      48
    To Convert into an Octagon                                        95
    To Describe about a Circle                                        94
    To Inscribe in a Circle                                           93

  =Standards=, for U. S.                                             278
    Office Rules for                                                 193

  =Steady Rest=, Scale, illus.                                       228

  =Straight Line=, def.                                               46
    To Draw a Perpendicular to a                                      86
    Drawing Figures of                                            66-7-8
    How to Draw a                                                 57, 59
    To Bisect a                                                       86

  =Steel=, Section-Lining, illus.                                    182

  =Steel Gears=, Economy of                                          216

  =Surface=, def.                                                 49, 82

  =Symbols=, representing Materials                                  193


  =Table= of Areas of Circles                                    273-277
    Bolts, Standard Sizes of                                         280
    Circular Measure                                                 272
    Circumferences of Circles                                    273-277
    Contents                                                          24
    Decimal Equivalents                                              269
    Diameters of Circles                                         273-277
    Land Measure                                                     272
    Metric Equivalents                                               270
    Pipe, Standard Sizes of Welded                                   279
    Roman Figures                                                    272
    Solid Measure                                                    272
    Wire Gauges                                                      278
    Useful for Draughtsmen                                       266-280

  =Tangent= of an Arc, def.                                           99
    To Draw a, to a Circle                                            91

  =Tee-Iron=, illus.                                                  75

  =Tee-Square=, Adjustable, desc. and illus.                         113
    Desc.                                                            112
    How to Use, illus.                                          111, 147
    Illus.                                                      102, 112
    Points about                                                     242

  =Teeth in Bevel Gears=, desc.                                      204

  =Terms and Definitions=, Preliminary                                41

  =Test-Pieces=, Use of, in Blue Prints                              188

  =Tetrahedron=, def.                                                 48

  =Theorem=, def.                                                     83

  =Thumb-Tack=                                     illus. 109, desc. 110

  =Tints and Colors=, desc.                                          184

  =Title and Date=, on Sketches                                      142

  =Title, Date, Scale, etc.=, Office Rules for                       192

  =Title Page=                                                       vii

  =Tracing-Cloth=, desc.                                             186

  =Tracings=, Office Rules for Keeping                               195
    Tinted and Shaded, desc.                                         184

  =Trammels=, desc. and illus.                                       125

  =Trapezium=, def.                                                   48

  =Trapezoid=, def.                                                   48

  =Trestles=, Drawing-Board, desc. and illus.                        110

  =Triangle=, def.                                                    50
    To Describe a Circle about a                                      93

  =Triangle, or Set-Square=, desc. and illus.                        114
    How to Use                                     desc. 147, illus. 166

  =Triangles=, illus.                                                102
    To Construct                                                      92

  =Trigonometry=, principles and def.                                 98

  =Trisect=, def.                                                     50

  =Trundle Wheel=                                  desc. 201, illus. 208

  =Two-foot Rule=, illus.                                            128


  =U. S. Standards=, Pipes                                           279

  =Upright Lines=, How to Draw                                        61

  =Useful Tables for Draughtsmen=                                269-280


  =Valve=, Blow-off                                desc. 174, illus. 175

  =Valve Gear=, or Link Motion, illus.                               225

  =Vanishing Point=, def. and illus.                                 251
    In Drawing, illus.                                               250
    In Perspective Drawing                                           252

  =Varnish=, Shellac, for Drawings                                   241

  =Versed Sine= of an Arc                                             99

  =Vertex=, def.                                                      51
    Of an Angle, def.                                                 42

  =Vertical=, def.                                               51, 251

  =Vertical Lines=, in Perspective                                   257

  =Vertical-Plane=, def.                                             249

  =View=, def.                                                        51

  =Visual Ray= in Perspective Drawing                                256

  =Visual Rays of Light=                           desc. 252, illus. 255

  =Vulcanite=, Section-Lining, illus.                                182


  =Water Reflection= in Perspective Drawing, illus.                  246

  =Wheel=, Bevel, A, illus.                                          203
    Crown, illus.                                                    208
    Helical, A, illus.                                               207
    Hub, Section-Lining, illus.                                      184
    Internal Gear, desc.                                        201, 207
    Miter, A, illus.                                                 204
    Proportions of the Teeth of a                                    210
    Spur                                      illus. 198, desc. 199, 201
    Worm, desc.                                                      201

  =Wood=, Section-Lining, illus.                                     182

  =Working Drawing=, Bending Machine                               220-1
    Def.                                                              51
    Illus.                   218, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 228
    Bumping Post, illus.                                             226
    Points, etc.                                                     243
    Power Punching Press                                             222
    Numbering a, Office Rules for                                    195
    To Read a                                                        229

  =Working Drawings=, desc.                                     219, 227

  =Worm-Gear=, desc.                                                 206

  =Worm-Wheel=                                     desc. 201, illus. 206
    Speed of a                                                       216

  =Wrench=, illus.                                                    75

  =Wrist-Lines=, illus.                                               64

  =Wrought-Iron=, Section-Lining, illus.                             182




Transcriber’s Notes


  Inconsistent and unusual spelling, capitalisation and hyphenation have
  been retained, unless mentioned below. The discrepancies between the
  General List of Contents and the structure of the text have not been
  corrected.

  Depending on the hard- and software used to read this text and their
  settings, not all elements may display as intended. Where scales are
  given for illustrations, these can, of course, not be relied upon for
  measurements.

  The numbering of illustrations in the book is inconsistent.
  Illustrations that have no numbered captions may or may not be
  counted; this has not been standardised, except as listed below.
  Missing illustration numbers have been added only where they are
  referenced in the text. The illustrations referred to in the text as
  Figs. 242 and 243 are captioned Fig. 243 and 244.

  Page 65-69 and Figs. 66-71: the text uses upper case reference
  letters, the illustrations lower case, which has not been
  standardised.

  Page 84, table of symbols: the source document uses letters (O and L)
  rather than symbols for circle and angle.

  Page 94, Bisect two of the angles _A C_ of the triangle: presumably
  the unmarked point A is in the lower left-hand corner of the
  illustration.

  Page 113, The tee-square, as shown, ...: there is no illustration with
  the relevant reference numbers; probably the reference is to Fig.
  151/152.

  Page 239, rough irregular lines, as in fig. 134, on page 131: there is
  no Fig. 134 on page 131; page 134 nor page 131 show the rough
  irregular lines. Several other illustrations in the book do show such
  lines.

  Index: the order of entries is as printed in the source document.


  Changes made:

  Illustrations and Notes have been moved out of text paragraphs.

  Some obvious minor punctuation and typographical errors have been
  corrected silently.

  In some tables the ditto symbol („) has been replaced with the dittoed
  text; some tables have been split or re-arranged. The use of × and x
  in multiplications and dimensions has been standardised to ×.

  Page 48: Figure numbers 45-49 added to illustration.

  Page 89: and on _B_ on _B I_ changed to and on _B_ on _B D_.

  Page 177: D = diam. of collar changed to d = diam. of collar.

  Page 193: Bbt.--Babbit. changed to Bbt.--Babbitt.

  Page 203: as described on page 191 changed to as described on page
  199.

  Page 214: 4 tenths measured at the 2′ line changed to 4 tenths
  measured at the 2″ line.

*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 67166 ***